英语语法两书全覆盖:213 知识点
- 提取 DK《English for Everyone Grammar Guide》与 Murphy《English Grammar in Use》完整目录,去重融合成 144 个补充知识点,与既有 69 核心课合计 213 - 补充课为中文为主六步课文(目标/规则/例句/易错/即时练习/知识卡),按 A1-C1 标注难度,归入入门/基础/进阶三档 - point_id 放宽到 191 以容纳长 slug Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.8 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
This commit is contained in:
jacobxu666
co-authored by
Claude Opus 4.8
Claude Opus 4.8
parent
d84d827202
commit
f5d810215f
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-simple",
|
||||
"title": "一般现在时(The present simple)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "一般现在时说习惯与事实;动词用原形,he/she/it 加 -s/-es。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般现在时(The present simple)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用一般现在时说自己经常做的事和一直成立的事实。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般现在时用来表达习惯、反复发生的动作和永远成立的事实。动词用原形;主语是 he、she、it(第三人称单数)时,动词要加 -s 或 -es。\n\n```text\n主语 + 动词原形(he/she/it + 动词-s/-es)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I play football every weekend.** —— 我每个周末都踢足球。(习惯)\n- **She works in a hospital.** —— 她在医院工作。(he/she/it 加 -s)\n- **The sun rises in the east.** —— 太阳从东方升起。(永远成立的事实)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He work every day.\n- ✅ He work**s** every day.\n- 提醒:he/she/it 做主语时,动词别忘加 -s。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"选出正确的句子:\", \"options\": [\"He go to school every day.\", \"He goes to school every day.\", \"He going to school every day.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"主语 He 是第三人称单数,一般现在时动词要加 -es:goes。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"一般现在时最常说的是什么?\", \"options\": [\"此刻正在做的动作\", \"习惯或永远成立的事实\", \"明天要做的动作\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"一般现在时用来表达习惯、反复的动作和一直成立的事实;正在做的事用现在进行时。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"主语是 She 时,动词要怎样变化?\", \"options\": [\"保持原形\", \"加 -s 或 -es\", \"加 -ing\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"第三人称单数(he/she/it)做主语时,动词要加 -s 或 -es,如 works、goes。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n一般现在时说习惯和事实:动词用原形,he/she/it 加 -s/-es。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-simple-negative",
|
||||
"title": "一般现在时的否定句(The present simple negative)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "be 动词后加 not,其他动词用 don't/doesn't + 动词原形。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般现在时的否定句(The present simple negative)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会把一般现在时的句子变成「不……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n动词 be 变否定,直接在后面加 not(am not / isn't / aren't)。其他动词变否定,要在动词前加 don't 或 doesn't,动词保持原形。\n\n```text\n主语 + don't/doesn't + 动词原形;主语 + am/is/are + not\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I don't like spicy food.** —— 我不喜欢辣的食物。\n- **He doesn't play basketball.** —— 他不打篮球。\n- **They aren't at home.** —— 他们不在家。(be 直接加 not)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He doesn't likes coffee.\n- ✅ He doesn't **like** coffee.\n- 提醒:doesn't 已经带着第三人称单数的记号,后面的动词要用原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"把 She likes apples. 变成否定句:\", \"options\": [\"She doesn't like apples.\", \"She doesn't likes apples.\", \"She don't like apples.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"She 是第三人称单数,用 doesn't,后面的动词 like 回到原形。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"We ___ students. 的否定句是 We ___ not students. 空格里填:\", \"options\": [\"are\", \"do\", \"does\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"be 动词(am/is/are)变否定直接加 not,不需要 do/does。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个否定句是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"I amn't happy.\", \"He isn't happy.\", \"He aren't happy.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"isn't 是 is not 的缩写;amn't 不存在,He 后面要用 is。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nbe 加 not,其他动词用 don't/doesn't + 动词原形,动词永远不加 -s。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-simple-questions",
|
||||
"title": "一般现在时的疑问句(Present simple questions)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "be 动词换位提问,其他动词借 do/does,动词永远用原形。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般现在时的疑问句(Present simple questions)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用一般现在时提问:「……吗?」\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n动词 be 提问,把 be 和主语换个位置。其他动词提问,在句首加 Do 或 Does(he/she/it 用 Does),主语后面的动词用原形。\n\n```text\nDo/Does + 主语 + 动词原形 …?;Am/Is/Are + 主语 …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Do you like music?** —— 你喜欢音乐吗?\n- **Does she live in Beijing?** —— 她住在北京吗?\n- **Are they teachers?** —— 他们是老师吗?(be 换位)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Does she lives here?\n- ✅ Does she **live** here?\n- 提醒:Does 已经带了第三人称单数记号,动词不能再加 -s。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"把 He likes dogs. 变成疑问句:\", \"options\": [\"Does he like dogs?\", \"Does he likes dogs?\", \"Do he like dogs?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"He 用 Does 提问,动词 like 回到原形,不再加 -s。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对 They are happy. 提问,正确的是:\", \"options\": [\"Do they happy?\", \"Are they happy?\", \"Does they happy?\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"句子里有 be 动词 are,直接把 are 提到主语前面,不用 do/does。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"用 Do/Does 提问时,后面的动词用哪种形式?\", \"options\": [\"动词原形\", \"第三人称单数形式\", \"-ing 形式\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"do/does 提问时,主语后的动词永远用原形。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nbe 动词换位问,其他动词借 do/does 问,动词永远用原形。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-continuous",
|
||||
"title": "现在进行时(The present continuous)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "现在进行时有 am/is/are + 动词-ing,说此刻正在做的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# 现在进行时(The present continuous)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我正在做……」「他正在做……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在进行时表示此刻正在持续的动作,由 am/is/are + 动词-ing 构成。拼写小规则:以 e 结尾去 e 加 -ing(make→making);-ie 结尾变 -y(lie→lying);重读闭音节双写末尾辅音(run→running)。\n\n```text\n主语 + am/is/are + 动词-ing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I am reading a book now.** —— 我正在看书。\n- **Look! The dog is running.** —— 看!那只狗正在跑。\n- **They are playing football.** —— 他们正在踢足球。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am knowing the answer.\n- ✅ I **know** the answer.\n- 提醒:know、like 这类表示状态的动词一般不用进行时,用一般现在时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子表示「此刻正在做」?\", \"options\": [\"I run every day.\", \"I am running now.\", \"I ran yesterday.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"am running 是现在进行时,表示现在正在跑;every day 用一般现在时,yesterday 用过去时。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"make 的 -ing 形式是:\", \"options\": [\"makeing\", \"making\", \"macking\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"以不发音的 e 结尾的动词,去掉 e 再加 -ing:making。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"选出正确的句子:\", \"options\": [\"She is danceing.\", \"She is dancing.\", \"She are dancing.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"dance 以 e 结尾,去 e 加 -ing 得 dancing;She 搭配 is,不用 are。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n此刻正在做,用 am/is/are + 动词-ing,别漏掉 be。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-tenses-overview",
|
||||
"title": "现在时总览(Present tenses overview)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "习惯与事实用一般现在时,此刻与暂时用现在进行时。",
|
||||
"md": "# 现在时总览(Present tenses overview)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n把两个现在时放在一起比一比,弄清楚什么时候用哪个。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般现在时说永久、反复的情况(习惯、事实);现在进行时说此刻或暂时发生的情况。变否定和疑问的方式也不同:一般现在时(除 be 外)借 do/does,现在进行时挪动 be。\n\n```text\n习惯/事实 → 一般现在时;此刻/暂时 → 现在进行时\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She drinks tea every morning.** —— 她每天早上喝茶。(习惯,一般现在时)\n- **She is drinking tea now.** —— 她现在正在喝茶。(此刻,现在进行时)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am play football every day.\n- ✅ I **play** football every day.\n- 提醒:every day 表示习惯,用一般现在时,不加 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The Earth ___ round the sun.(永远成立的事实)\", \"options\": [\"goes\", \"is going\", \"going\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"客观事实用一般现在时,主语 The Earth 是第三人称单数,用 goes。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Listen! Someone ___ the piano.\", \"options\": [\"plays\", \"is playing\", \"play\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"Listen! 提示动作正在发生,用现在进行时 is playing。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"一般现在时(除 be 外)变否定要借助什么?\", \"options\": [\"am/is/are + not\", \"don't/doesn't\", \"wasn't\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"一般现在时的其他动词用 don't/doesn't + 动词原形变否定;进行时才是 be + not。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n习惯、事实用一般现在时;此刻、暂时用现在进行时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "imperatives",
|
||||
"title": "祈使句(Imperatives)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "动词原形开头表命令请求,否定用 Don't,建议用 Let's。",
|
||||
"md": "# 祈使句(Imperatives)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用英语发出指令、请求和提醒:「请……」「别……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n祈使句用动词原形开头,通常不写主语,用来表示命令、请求、警告或指路。否定式在句首加 Don't;加 please 会更礼貌;Let's + 动词原形用来提出包含说话人自己的建议。\n\n```text\n(请 Don't)+ 动词原形 …;Let's + 动词原形\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Open the door, please.** —— 请开门。\n- **Don't run in the classroom!** —— 别在教室里跑!\n- **Let's go home.** —— 我们回家吧。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Don't to run!\n- ✅ **Don't run!**\n- 提醒:Don't 后面直接跟动词原形,不能加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一个是正确的祈使句?\", \"options\": [\"Please close the window.\", \"Please to close the window.\", \"Please closing the window.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"祈使句用动词原形开头,please 后面直接跟原形 close。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「别迟到」用英语怎么说?\", \"options\": [\"No be late.\", \"Don't be late.\", \"Not to be late.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"祈使句的否定用 Don't + 动词原形:Don't be late。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Let's play football. 表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"命令别人去做\", \"包含说话人自己的建议\", \"提问\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"Let's 表示提出建议,意思是「咱们一起……吧」,包括说话人自己。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n祈使句:动词原形开头表命令请求,否定加 Don't,建议用 Let's。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-past-simple",
|
||||
"title": "一般过去时(The past simple)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "过去完成的动作用动词过去式:规则加 -ed,不规则单独记。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般过去时(The past simple)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「昨天/上次我做了……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般过去时谈论过去某个确定时间已经完成的事。规则动词加 -ed;不规则动词要单独记(go→went、see→saw)。所有主语都用同一种形式;be 的过去式是 was/were。\n\n```text\n主语 + 动词过去式(-ed 或不规则)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I watched TV yesterday.** —— 我昨天看了电视。(规则:加 -ed)\n- **She went to the park last Sunday.** —— 她上周日去了公园。(不规则:go→went)\n- **They were happy last night.** —— 昨晚他们很开心。(be→were)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I goed home.\n- ✅ I **went** home.\n- 提醒:go 是不规则动词,过去式是 went,不能加 -ed。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"go 的过去式是:\", \"options\": [\"goed\", \"went\", \"gone\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"go 是不规则动词,过去式是 went;gone 是过去分词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"选出正确的句子:\", \"options\": [\"I play football yesterday.\", \"I played football yesterday.\", \"I playing football yesterday.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"yesterday 表示过去,动词要用过去式 played。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"主语是 I/he/she/it 时,be 的过去式用:\", \"options\": [\"was\", \"were\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"I、he、she、it 搭配 was;you、we、they 搭配 were。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n过去做完的事用过去式:规则动词加 -ed,不规则动词单独记。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-past-simple-negative",
|
||||
"title": "一般过去时的否定句(The past simple negative)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "过去否定用 didn't + 动词原形;was/were 直接加 not。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般过去时的否定句(The past simple negative)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我(那时)没有做……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n除 be 以外,过去时的否定都用 didn't + 动词原形:过去的记号由 didn't 来背,动词回到原形。be 的否定在 was/were 后直接加 not(wasn't/weren't)。\n\n```text\n主语 + didn't + 动词原形;主语 + wasn't/weren't\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I didn't see him yesterday.** —— 我昨天没见到他。\n- **She didn't go to school.** —— 她没去上学。\n- **It wasn't cold last week.** —— 上周不冷。(was 加 not)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I didn't went there.\n- ✅ I didn't **go** there.\n- 提醒:用了 didn't,动词就回到原形,不能再写成过去式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"He didn't came.\", \"He didn't come.\", \"He doesn't came.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"didn't 后面的动词用原形 come;came 是过去式,不能和 didn't 连用。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"把 They were at home. 变成否定句:\", \"options\": [\"They didn't at home.\", \"They weren't at home.\", \"They wasn't at home.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"be 动词的过去否定直接加 not:were not = weren't,不用 didn't。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"didn't 后面的动词用哪种形式?\", \"options\": [\"过去式\", \"动词原形\", \"-ing 形式\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"过去否定句中,didn't 已经表示了过去,动词一律用原形。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n过去否定:didn't + 动词原形;was/were 直接加 not。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-simple-questions",
|
||||
"title": "一般过去时的疑问句(Past simple questions)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "过去疑问借 did + 主语 + 动词原形;was/were 直接换位。",
|
||||
"md": "# 一般过去时的疑问句(Past simple questions)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会问:「你(那时)做了……吗?」\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n除 be 以外,过去时的疑问用 Did + 主语 + 动词原形;疑问词放句首。含 was/were 的句子直接把 was/were 和主语换位。\n\n```text\nDid + 主语 + 动词原形 …?;Was/Were + 主语 …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Did you finish your homework?** —— 你做完作业了吗?\n- **Where did she go?** —— 她去哪儿了?(疑问词在前)\n- **Was the film good?** —— 这部电影好看吗?(was 换位)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Did you finished it?\n- ✅ Did you **finish** it?\n- 提醒:Did 已经表示了过去,动词回到原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"把 He played tennis. 变成疑问句:\", \"options\": [\"Did he played tennis?\", \"Did he play tennis?\", \"Does he play tennis?\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"用 Did 提问,动词回到原形 play;Does 是现在时,不合语境。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对 She was tired. 提问,正确的是:\", \"options\": [\"Did she tired?\", \"Was she tired?\", \"Were she tired?\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"句中有 was,直接把 was 提到主语前;She 搭配 was,不用 were。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「你昨天去哪儿了?」用英语怎么说?\", \"options\": [\"Where did you go yesterday?\", \"Where you went yesterday?\", \"Where do you go yesterday?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"过去疑问:疑问词 Where + did + 主语 + 动词原形 go。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n过去疑问借 did,动词用原形;有 was/were 直接换位。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-past-continuous",
|
||||
"title": "过去进行时(The past continuous)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "was/were + 动词-ing,描述过去某时刻正在进行的动作。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去进行时(The past continuous)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「昨天那个时候,我正在做……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去进行时表示过去某一时刻正在进行的动作,由 was/were + 动词-ing 构成。它常和一般过去时连用:进行时做背景,过去时表示打断背景的短动作。\n\n```text\n主语 + was/were + 动词-ing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I was reading at eight last night.** —— 昨晚八点我正在看书。\n- **It was raining when we left.** —— 我们离开时,天正下着雨。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ They was watching TV.\n- ✅ They **were** watching TV.\n- 提醒:复数主语 they 搭配 were,不用 was。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"过去进行时表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"过去完成的动作\", \"过去某时刻正在进行的动作\", \"将来要发生的动作\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"过去进行时描述过去某一时刻正在进行、持续的动作。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She ___ sleeping at ten yesterday.\", \"options\": [\"was\", \"were\", \"is\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"She 是第三人称单数,过去进行时用 was sleeping。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I ___ my homework when Mum came home.\", \"options\": [\"did\", \"was doing\", \"am doing\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"妈妈回家(短动作)打断正在进行的写作业(背景),背景用过去进行时 was doing。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwas/were + 动词-ing,描述「过去那一刻正在做的事」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-perfect-simple",
|
||||
"title": "现在完成时(The present perfect simple)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "have/has + 过去分词,把过去的事与现在连起来,不与确定的过去时间连用。",
|
||||
"md": "# 现在完成时(The present perfect simple)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我已经……了」「我(曾经)……过」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在完成时用 have/has + 过去分词,表示过去发生但跟现在有关系的事:刚发生的新闻、经历、从过去持续到现在的状态。它不和确定的过去时间词(如 yesterday)连用,那种情况用一般过去时。\n\n```text\n主语 + have/has + 过去分词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I have finished my homework.** —— 我已经做完作业了。(现在有空了)\n- **She has visited Shanghai twice.** —— 她去过上海两次。(经历)\n- **Have you ever seen snow?** —— 你见过雪吗?\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I have seen him yesterday.\n- ✅ I **saw** him yesterday.\n- 提醒:有 yesterday 这样确定的过去时间,要用一般过去时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"现在完成时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"have/has + 过去分词\", \"was/were + 动词-ing\", \"will + 动词原形\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"现在完成时由 have/has 加过去分词构成,如 have done、has gone。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"I have seen him yesterday.\", \"I saw him yesterday.\", \"I see him yesterday.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"yesterday 是确定的过去时间,必须用一般过去时 saw,不能用现在完成时。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She ___ been to Beijing.\", \"options\": [\"have\", \"has\", \"is\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"She 是第三人称单数,搭配 has:has been to。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave/has + 过去分词:过去的事连着现在,不跟确定的过去时间词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-perfect-continuous",
|
||||
"title": "现在完成进行时(The present perfect continuous)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "have/has been + 动词-ing,强调从过去持续到现在的过程。",
|
||||
"md": "# 现在完成进行时(The present perfect continuous)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我一直在做……,到现在还在做/刚停」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在完成进行时用 have/has been + 动词-ing,表示从过去一段时间持续到现在、可能仍在进行的动作,强调过程和时长,常跟 for、since、all day 连用。\n\n```text\n主语 + have/has been + 动词-ing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I have been waiting for an hour.** —— 我已经等了一个小时了。\n- **It has been raining all day.** —— 雨下了一整天了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I have been reading 50 pages.\n- ✅ I **have read** 50 pages.\n- 提醒:强调结果、数量(读了 50 页)用现在完成时;强调过程才用完成进行时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"现在完成进行时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"have/has been + 动词-ing\", \"have/has + 动词-ing\", \"was/were + 动词-ing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"现在完成进行时是 have/has been 加动词-ing,如 have been waiting。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I ___ for two hours, and I'm tired now.\", \"options\": [\"have been running\", \"am run\", \"will running\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"跑了两个小时、持续到现在并带来疲惫,用现在完成进行时 have been running。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"强调「读了 50 页」这个结果,哪句更合适?\", \"options\": [\"I have been reading 50 pages.\", \"I have read 50 pages.\", \"I am reading 50 pages.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"表示完成的数量和结果用现在完成时 have read;完成进行时强调过程,不接数量结果。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave/has been + 动词-ing:「一直做到现在」,强调过程。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-past-perfect-simple",
|
||||
"title": "过去完成时(The past perfect simple)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "had + 过去分词,表示“过去的过去”,两个过去动作分先后。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去完成时(The past perfect simple)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n两个过去的事,哪个先发生?先发生的那个要用过去完成时。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去完成时用 had + 过去分词,表示在过去的某个时间或动作之前已经完成的事,也就是「过去的过去」。它常和一般过去时一起出现,把两件事分出先后。\n\n```text\n主语 + had + 过去分词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **When I got to the station, the train had left.** —— 我到车站时,火车已经开走了。\n- **She had finished dinner before I arrived.** —— 我到达之前,她已经吃完了晚饭。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I had watched TV yesterday.\n- ✅ I **watched** TV yesterday.\n- 提醒:只有一件过去的事、没有「更早」参照时,用一般过去时就够了。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"过去完成时表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"两个过去动作中较晚发生的\", \"两个过去动作中较早发生的\", \"现在正在发生的\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"过去完成时表示在过去某时间之前就已完成的动作,即两个过去动作里更早的那个。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The film ___ when we got to the cinema.\", \"options\": [\"had started\", \"starts\", \"will start\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"电影开演发生在「我们到影院」之前,先发生的用过去完成时 had started。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"过去完成时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"had + 过去分词\", \"have + 过去分词\", \"was + 动词-ing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"过去完成时用 had 加过去分词,所有主语都用 had。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhad + 过去分词:「过去的过去」用它。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-past-perfect-continuous",
|
||||
"title": "过去完成进行时(The past perfect continuous)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "had been + 动词-ing,表示在过去某时刻之前一直在做的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去完成进行时(The past perfect continuous)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「到那时为止,他已经一直在做……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去完成进行时用 had been + 动词-ing,表示在过去某一时刻之前一直在持续的动作,强调过程和时长。它常和一般过去时搭配,说明先持续、后被某事打断或接上的动作。\n\n```text\n主语 + had been + 动词-ing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **He had been working for six hours when I arrived.** —— 我到的时候,他已经连续工作了六个小时。\n- **They had been waiting long before the bus came.** —— 公交车来之前,他们已经等了很久。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I had been knowing him for years.\n- ✅ I **had known** him for years.\n- 提醒:know、like 等状态动词一般不用进行时,用过去完成时即可。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"过去完成进行时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"had been + 动词-ing\", \"has been + 动词-ing\", \"had + 动词-ing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"过去完成进行时是 had been 加动词-ing,如 had been waiting。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She was tired because she ___ all day.\", \"options\": [\"had been running\", \"runs\", \"is running\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"累是过去的结果,原因是之前一直持续的动作,用过去完成进行时 had been running。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"I had been knowing her for years.\", \"I had known her for years.\", \"I have knew her for years.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"know 是状态动词,不用进行时;用过去完成时 had known 表示在那之前已认识多年。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhad been + 动词-ing:「到过去那一刻为止一直在做」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "used-to-and-would",
|
||||
"title": "used to 与 would(“Used to” and “would”)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "used to + 原形说“过去常……现在不再”;would 只替代过去习惯,不接状态动词。",
|
||||
"md": "# used to 与 would(“Used to” and “would”)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会回忆「过去常常……,现在不了」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\nused to + 动词原形,表示过去的习惯或状态,现在已不再如此。would + 动词原形也可以表示过去的习惯(多用于书面),但不能接 know、live、like 等状态动词。疑问和否定中用 use to(didn't use to)。\n\n```text\nused to + 动词原形(过去习惯/状态,现在已不)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I used to live in Shanghai.** —— 我过去住在上海。(现在不住了)\n- **We would play in the park after school.** —— 放学后我们常在公园里玩。(过去习惯)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I would know him.\n- ✅ I **used to know** him.\n- 提醒:would 只能表示过去的习惯性动作,不能接状态动词,状态要用 used to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"used to + 动词原形表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"过去的习惯或状态,现在已不再\", \"将来的计划\", \"现在正在做的动作\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"used to 表示过去常常如此、现在已不再的习惯或状态。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"I would know the answer.\", \"I used to know the answer.\", \"I use to knowing the answer.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"know 是状态动词,不能用 would 表示过去状态,要用 used to know。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"He ___ get up early.(他过去不早起)\", \"options\": [\"didn't use to\", \"didn't used to\", \"doesn't use to\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"否定式用 didn't use to,did 后面用原形 use。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nused to 回忆「过去常这样、现在不了」;would 只替代过去习惯,不接状态动词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-tenses-overview",
|
||||
"title": "过去时总览(Past tenses overview)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "完成用过去时,进行用过去进行,连到现在用现在完成,过去的过去用过去完成。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去时总览(Past tenses overview)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n把「谈过去」的几种时态放在一起,一次看清各自的角色。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般过去时:过去完成的单个动作;过去进行时:过去正在持续的动作;现在完成时:过去发生但仍与现在有关;过去完成时:过去某时间之前更早的事。讲故事时,过去进行时布置背景,一般过去时叙述情节,过去完成时补充更早的事。\n\n```text\n完成→一般过去时;当时在做→过去进行时;连着现在→现在完成时;过去的过去→过去完成时\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I lost my keys.** —— 我把钥匙弄丢了。(已发生,可能已找到)\n- **I have lost my keys.** —— 我的钥匙丢了。(现在还没找到)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I have lost my keys yesterday.\n- ✅ I **lost** my keys yesterday.\n- 提醒:出现 yesterday 等确定的过去时间,用一般过去时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个时态表示「过去的事与现在有关」?\", \"options\": [\"一般过去时\", \"现在完成时\", \"过去完成时\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"现在完成时表示过去发生但对现在仍有影响或仍在持续的事。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"讲故事时,常用来布置场景背景的是:\", \"options\": [\"过去进行时\", \"一般现在时\", \"将来时\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"叙述故事常用过去进行时描写背景,如 It was raining。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"钥匙到现在还没找到,哪句更合适?\", \"options\": [\"I lost my keys.(后来找到了)\", \"I have lost my keys.(还没找到)\", \"I was losing my keys.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"强调「现在仍然没找到」,用现在完成时 have lost。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n过去四种角色:完成用过去时,进行用过去进行时,连到现在用现在完成时,过去的过去用过去完成时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-future-with-going-to",
|
||||
"title": "be going to 表将来(The future with “going to”)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "am/is/are going to + 动词原形,说事先的计划与有迹象的预测。",
|
||||
"md": "# be going to 表将来(The future with “going to”)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我打算……」「看起来要……了」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\nbe going to + 动词原形表示事先做好的计划、打算,也用于有眼前迹象支持的预测。否定在 be 后加 not,疑问把 be 提到主语前。\n\n```text\n主语 + am/is/are + going to + 动词原形\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I'm going to visit my grandma tomorrow.** —— 我明天打算去看奶奶。(计划)\n- **Look at the clouds! It's going to rain.** —— 看那些云!要下雨了。(有迹象的预测)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I going to study.\n- ✅ I **am** going to study.\n- 提醒:going to 前面不能漏掉 be(am/is/are)。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"be going to 表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"事先做好的计划或有迹象的预测\", \"说话瞬间才做的决定\", \"过去的习惯\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"going to 用于已做好的计划打算,以及有眼前迹象的预测;瞬间决定用 will。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"She going to sing.\", \"She is going to sing.\", \"She are going to sing.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"She 搭配 is:She is going to sing,be 不能漏也不能错。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Look! That box ___ fall!(眼看就要倒了)\", \"options\": [\"is going to\", \"was\", \"did\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"有眼前迹象(眼看要倒)的预测用 is going to。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nam/is/are going to + 动词原形:计划和有迹象的预测。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-future-with-will",
|
||||
"title": "will 表将来(The future with “will”)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "will + 动词原形,用于瞬间决定、承诺、帮助与无把握的预测。",
|
||||
"md": "# will 表将来(The future with “will”)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「我会……」「我来帮你」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\nwill + 动词原形表示:没有把握的预测、说话瞬间做出的决定、主动帮忙和承诺。will 不随主语变化,否定是 will not,缩写 won't。征求建议、主动帮忙时,I/we 后面可用 shall。\n\n```text\n主语 + will + 动词原形;否定 won't\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I think it will be sunny tomorrow.** —— 我觉得明天会晴。(预测)\n- **The phone is ringing. I'll answer it.** —— 电话响了,我去接。(瞬间决定)\n- **I will help you.** —— 我会帮你的。(主动帮忙)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I will to go home.\n- ✅ I **will go** home.\n- 提醒:will 后面直接跟动词原形,不加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪种情况用 will?\", \"options\": [\"瞬间决定、承诺或没有把握的预测\", \"事先做好的计划\", \"过去的习惯\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"will 用于瞬间决定、承诺、帮忙和无把握的预测;事先的计划用 going to。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"I will to help you.\", \"I will help you.\", \"I will helping you.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"will 后面跟动词原形 help,不能加 to,也不能加 -ing。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"will 的否定缩写是:\", \"options\": [\"willn't\", \"won't\", \"don't will\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"will not 的缩写是 won't。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill + 动词原形:预测、瞬间决定、帮忙和承诺。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "object-and-subject-questions",
|
||||
"title": "主语疑问句与宾语疑问句(Object and subject questions)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "问动作承受者用宾语疑问句(要助动词),问执行者用主语疑问句(陈述语序)。",
|
||||
"md": "# 主语疑问句与宾语疑问句(Object and subject questions)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「你遇见了谁?」和「谁遇见了你?」——问法完全不同。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n宾语疑问句问「动作的承受者」,结构是:疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词,需要 do/does/did。主语疑问句问「动作的执行者」,疑问词本身就是主语,语序和陈述句一样,不加 do/does/did。\n\n```text\n宾语疑问:疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词;主语疑问:Who/What + 动词 + …\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Who did you meet?** —— 你遇见了谁?(宾语疑问:你遇见谁)\n- **Who met you?** —— 谁遇见了你?(主语疑问:谁做的)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Who did come?\n- ✅ Who **came**?\n- 提醒:问「谁做的」时,who 就是主语,不加 did,动词直接用过去式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「___ broke the window?」(问谁干的)空格填:\", \"options\": [\"Who\", \"Who did\", \"Whom\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"这是主语疑问句,who 就是主语,不加 did,直接说 Who broke the window?\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Who did you call? 问的是:\", \"options\": [\"谁打的电话\", \"谁被 call(接电话的人)\", \"什么时候打的\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"这是宾语疑问句,问的是你 call 的对象,即动作的承受者。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"回答是 Tom likes music. 对应的主语疑问句是:\", \"options\": [\"Who likes music?\", \"Who does like music?\", \"What Tom likes?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"主语疑问句语序同陈述句,不加 does:Who likes music?\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n问做事的人用主语疑问句(陈述语序、不用 do);问承受的人用宾语疑问句(要助动词)。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-present-for-future-events",
|
||||
"title": "用现在时态谈将来(The present for future events)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "时刻表上的将来用一般现在时,已安排的将来用现在进行时 + 将来时间词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 用现在时态谈将来(The present for future events)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语里,谈将来的事不一定要用 will。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n按时刻表、日程安排将要发生的事(火车、课程、节目),用一般现在时。已经约好、安排好的将来活动,用现在进行时,通常带 tomorrow、on Friday 等将来时间词来点明是将来的事。\n\n```text\n时刻表 → 一般现在时 + 将来时间词;已安排 → 现在进行时 + 将来时间词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The train leaves at 9 a.m. tomorrow.** —— 火车明天上午九点开。(时刻表)\n- **I'm meeting my friend on Friday.** —— 我周五和朋友见面。(已安排好)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am going out.(想说明天出门,却没有将来时间词)\n- ✅ I am going out **tomorrow**.\n- 提醒:现在进行时表将来,要配将来时间词,否则会被理解成「此刻正要做」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"按时刻表发生的将来事件(如火车发车),常用哪种时态?\", \"options\": [\"一般现在时\", \"过去完成时\", \"过去进行时\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"时刻表、日程上的将来事件用一般现在时,如 The train leaves at nine。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The film ___ at 8 tonight.\", \"options\": [\"starts\", \"started\", \"starting\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"今晚八点放映是按日程的安排,用一般现在时 starts。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I'm playing football. 是「现在在做」还是「将要做」,靠什么区分?\", \"options\": [\"看主语\", \"看有没有 tomorrow 等将来时间词\", \"无法区分\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"现在进行时表将来时,需要 tomorrow、on Friday 等将来时间词来点明时间。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n时刻表的将来用一般现在时,安排好的将来用现在进行时加将来时间词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "indirect-questions",
|
||||
"title": "间接疑问句(Indirect questions)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "间接疑问句加礼貌开头,疑问词后回到陈述语序,是否问题用 if/whether。",
|
||||
"md": "# 间接疑问句(Indirect questions)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想让提问更有礼貌?把问题「包」进一句话里。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n间接疑问句先说礼貌的开头语(Could you tell me… / Do you know…),再接问题:含疑问词的,疑问词后回到陈述语序(主语在前、动词在后,不用 do/does/did);是/否问题用 if 或 whether 连接。\n\n```text\n礼貌开头 + 疑问词/if/whether + 主语 + 动词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Could you tell me where the bank is?** —— 您能告诉我银行在哪儿吗?\n- **Do you know if he is at home?** —— 你知道他是否在家吗?\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Could you tell me where is the bank?\n- ✅ Could you tell me where **the bank is**?\n- 提醒:间接疑问句里,主语在前、动词在后,语序和陈述句一样。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Where is the station? 的礼貌问法是:\", \"options\": [\"Could you tell me where the station is?\", \"Could you tell me where is the station?\", \"Could you tell me where does the station be?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"间接疑问句用陈述语序:where + the station + is,不用倒装也不加 does。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"间接的是/否问题用什么词连接?\", \"options\": [\"that 或 what\", \"if 或 whether\", \"because\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"没有疑问词的间接问题用 if 或 whether 连接,两者意思相同。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"间接疑问句里,do/does/did 通常怎么处理?\", \"options\": [\"保留\", \"省略,用陈述语序\", \"放到句首\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"间接疑问句不用 do/does/did,疑问部分回到陈述语序。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n间接疑问句:礼貌开头 + 疑问词/if,后面回到陈述语序。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-future-continuous",
|
||||
"title": "将来进行时(The future continuous)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "will be + 动词-ing,描述将来某时刻正在进行的动作。",
|
||||
"md": "# 将来进行时(The future continuous)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「明天这个时候,我将正在……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n将来进行时用 will be + 动词-ing,表示将来某一时刻正在进行的动作:这个动作在那之前已开始,之后可能还在继续。它也用于礼貌地打听信息,或猜测此刻正在发生的事。\n\n```text\n主语 + will be + 动词-ing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **At eight tonight I will be watching TV.** —— 今晚八点我将正在看电视。\n- **This time tomorrow we'll be flying to Paris.** —— 明天这个时候,我们正飞往巴黎。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I will watching TV at nine.\n- ✅ I **will be** watching TV at nine.\n- 提醒:will 和 -ing 之间不能漏掉 be。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"将来进行时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"will be + 动词-ing\", \"will + 动词-ing\", \"will have + 动词-ing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"将来进行时是 will be 加动词-ing,如 will be sleeping。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Don't call me at nine — I ___ then.\", \"options\": [\"will be sleeping\", \"slept\", \"am slept\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"九点那时正在进行的动作用将来进行时 will be sleeping。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"将来进行时表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"将来某时刻正在进行的动作\", \"过去完成的动作\", \"经常性习惯\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"将来进行时描述在将来某一时刻正在进行、持续的动作。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill be + 动词-ing:「将来那一刻正在做」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "question-tags",
|
||||
"title": "附加疑问句(Question tags)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "肯定句接否定小尾巴,否定句接肯定小尾巴,动词跟着主句的 be/助动词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 附加疑问句(Question tags)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「你是学生,对吧?」——句尾加个「小尾巴」,请对方确认。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n附加疑问句是加在陈述句尾的小问句:肯定句接否定尾巴,否定句接肯定尾巴。尾巴里的动词跟主句一致——有 be/助动词/情态动词就重复它,没有就用 do/does/did;主语用相应代词。I am 的否定尾巴是 aren't I。\n\n```text\n肯定句,助动词/be +n't + 代词?;否定句,助动词/be + 代词?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **You like cats, don't you?** —— 你喜欢猫,是吧?\n- **She is a nurse, isn't she?** —— 她是护士,对吧?\n- **They can't come, can they?** —— 他们来不了,是吗?\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am late, amn't I?\n- ✅ I am late, **aren't I?**\n- 提醒:I am 的附加疑问句,否定尾巴固定用 aren't I。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"You are a student, ___\", \"options\": [\"aren't you?\", \"are you?\", \"don't you?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"肯定句接否定尾巴,主句有 are,尾巴重复 are 的否定:aren't you。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She likes tea, ___\", \"options\": [\"doesn't she?\", \"does she?\", \"isn't she?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"主句是肯定的一般现在时,likes 没有其他助动词,尾巴用 doesn't she。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"肯定句后面通常接什么样的小尾巴?\", \"options\": [\"肯定小问句\", \"否定小问句\", \"不加小问句\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"规则是「肯定接否定、否定接肯定」。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n肯定句接否定尾巴,否定句接肯定尾巴,动词跟着主句的 be/助动词走。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-future-perfect",
|
||||
"title": "将来完成时(The future perfect)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "will have + 过去分词,说到将来某时会已经完成。",
|
||||
"md": "# 将来完成时(The future perfect)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会说「到那个时候,我就已经做完了……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n将来完成时用 will have + 过去分词,表示在将来某一时间之前会完成的动作,常和 by + 时间连用。将来完成进行时 will have been + 动词-ing 则用来预测一个动作到那时将持续了多久。\n\n```text\n主语 + will have + 过去分词(+ by …)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I will have finished the book by Friday.** —— 到周五,我就读完这本书了。\n- **By next year, she will have lived here for ten years.** —— 到明年,她在这儿就住满十年了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I will have finish it by then.\n- ✅ I will have **finished** it by then.\n- 提醒:have 后面要用过去分词 finished,不是原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"将来完成时的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"will have + 过去分词\", \"will + 过去分词\", \"will be + 过去分词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"将来完成时是 will have 加过去分词,如 will have finished。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"By June, we ___ here for three years.\", \"options\": [\"will have lived\", \"lived\", \"are living\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"by June 是将来的时间点,「住满三年」到那时完成,用 will have lived。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"将来完成时强调什么?\", \"options\": [\"到将来某时会已完成的动作\", \"现在正在进行的习惯\", \"过去正在进行的动作\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"将来完成时站在将来的时间点回头看:动作到那时已经完成。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill have + 过去分词:「到将来那时,就已经做完了」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "short-questions",
|
||||
"title": "短问句(Short questions)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "短问句表示感兴趣:时态与助动词跟着对方的句子。",
|
||||
"md": "# 短问句(Short questions)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n别人说了一件事,你想接一句「真的吗?」——用短问句。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n短问句用来表示感兴趣、让对话继续,不是真的要新信息。它的时态要跟上对方的话:对方用 be,就重复同样的 be;其他动词用 do/does/did;有助动词就重复助动词。主语换成相应代词。\n\n```text\n对方句子 → 同助动词/be + 代词?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **「I'm tired.」「Are you?」** —— 「我累了。」「是吗?」\n- **「She went home.」「Did she?」** —— 「她回家了。」「真的吗?」\n- **「I can swim.」「Can you?」** —— 「我会游泳。」「是吗?」\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ 「I went home.」「Do you?」\n- ✅ 「I went home.」「**Did** you?」\n- 提醒:短问句的时态要和对方的句子一致,过去时用 did。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对方说 I like cats. 你可以接:\", \"options\": [\"Do you?\", \"Are you?\", \"Did you?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"like 是一般现在时的其他动词,短问句用 do:Do you?\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对方说 She is a doctor. 你可以接:\", \"options\": [\"Is she?\", \"Does she?\", \"Did she?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"对方用了 is,短问句重复 is:Is she?\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"短问句的主要作用是什么?\", \"options\": [\"获取新信息\", \"表示感兴趣、让对话继续\", \"表示反对\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"短问句是对话中的回应,表示你在听、感兴趣,好让谈话继续。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n短问句表兴趣:时态、助动词都跟着对方的句子走。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-future-in-the-past",
|
||||
"title": "过去将来时(The future in the past)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "was/were going to 与 would,站在过去谈当时将要发生的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去将来时(The future in the past)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「我本来打算……(结果没成)」——站在过去谈当时的将来。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去将来时表示从过去某时刻看将要发生的事:was/were going to + 动词原形表示当时的打算或预测;would + 动词原形相当于 will 的过去式;过去进行时也可表示当时已安排好的事。\n\n```text\n主语 + was/were going to + 动词原形;主语 + would + 动词原形\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I was going to call you, but I forgot.** —— 我本来要给你打电话的,结果忘了。\n- **She said she would come.** —— 她说她会来。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I was going to calling you.\n- ✅ I was going to **call** you.\n- 提醒:going to 后面跟动词原形,不能加 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"was going to 表示什么?\", \"options\": [\"过去某时刻的打算或预测\", \"现在的习惯\", \"已经完成的动作\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"was/were going to 表示站在过去看当时的打算、意图或预测,常暗示后来没有实现。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"He promised he ___ help me.\", \"options\": [\"would\", \"will\", \"is going to\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"主句 promised 是过去,从句用 would(will 的过去式)保持一致。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"We ___ to have a picnic, but it rained.(本来打算)\", \"options\": [\"were going\", \"are going\", \"will go\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"过去的打算后来因下雨落空,用 were going to。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwas going to / would:站在过去谈「当时将要发生的事」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "short-answers",
|
||||
"title": "简略回答(Short answers)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "简略回答用 Yes/No + 主语 + 问句中的 be/助动词/情态动词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 简略回答(Short answers)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n别人问「……吗?」,怎样回答得又短又地道?\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n回答是/否疑问句,常用简略回答:Yes/No + 主语 + 问句里的 be/助动词/情态动词。问句用什么,回答就用什么,不重复主要动词。\n\n```text\nYes, 主语 + be/助动词.;No, 主语 + be/助动词 + n't.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **「Are you hungry?」「Yes, I am.」** —— 「你饿吗?」「是的。」\n- **「Do you like tea?」「No, I don't.」** —— 「你喜欢茶吗?」「不喜欢。」\n- **「Can she swim?」「Yes, she can.」** —— 「她会游泳吗?」「会。」\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ 「Do you like tea?」「Yes, I like.」\n- ✅ 「Do you like tea?」「Yes, I **do**.」\n- 提醒:简略回答用助动词 do,不重复主要动词 like。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对 Is he a teacher? 的简略回答是:\", \"options\": [\"Yes, he is.\", \"Yes, he does.\", \"Yes, he teaches.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"问句用 is,回答也用 is:Yes, he is。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"对 Did you go out? 的简略回答是:\", \"options\": [\"Yes, I went.\", \"Yes, I did.\", \"Yes, I do.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"问句用了 did,回答重复 did:Yes, I did,不再重复动词 went。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「Can they cook?」「No, ___.」\", \"options\": [\"they can't\", \"they don't\", \"they aren't\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"问句有情态动词 can,否定回答用 can't:No, they can't。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n简略回答:Yes/No + 主语 + 问句里的 be/助动词/情态动词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "future-overview",
|
||||
"title": "将来时总览(Future overview)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "计划用 going to,瞬间决定用 will,时刻表用一般现在时。",
|
||||
"md": "# 将来时总览(Future overview)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n谈将来有好几种说法,这一课把它们排排队。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\nwill 用于瞬间决定和没有依据的预测;be going to 用于事先的计划和有迹象的预测;一般现在时用于时刻表;现在进行时用于已安排好的活动;将来进行时/将来完成时分别说「将来正在做」和「到将来会做完」。\n\n```text\n瞬间决定/预测→will;计划/有迹象→going to;时刻表→一般现在时;安排→现在进行时\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I'll answer the phone.** —— 我去接电话。(瞬间决定)\n- **I'm going to study tonight.** —— 我今晚打算学习。(计划)\n- **The bus leaves at eight.** —— 公交车八点发车。(时刻表)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Look at the clouds! It will rain.\n- ✅ Look at the clouds! It's **going to** rain.\n- 提醒:有眼前迹象的预测用 going to,不用 will。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"事先做好的计划用哪种说法?\", \"options\": [\"be going to\", \"will\", \"一般过去时\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"早已计划好的事用 be going to;说话瞬间的决定才用 will。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"看到乌云预测要下雨,用:\", \"options\": [\"be going to\", \"was\", \"did\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"有眼前迹象(乌云)的预测用 going to:It's going to rain。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"时刻表上的将来事件(如火车发车)常用:\", \"options\": [\"一般现在时\", \"过去完成时\", \"祈使句\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"时刻表、日程上的将来用一般现在时,如 The train leaves at nine。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n计划用 going to,瞬间决定用 will,时刻表用一般现在时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "questions-overview",
|
||||
"title": "疑问句总览(Questions overview)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "be/助动词换位,其他动词借 do;主语疑问句不用 do。",
|
||||
"md": "# 疑问句总览(Questions overview)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语提问有套路,这一课把问句的「总开关」讲清楚。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n提问主要有两招:句中有 be/助动词,把它和主语换位;没有其他助动词,就在主语前加 do/does/did,动词用原形。主语疑问句(问谁做的)不用 do,语序同陈述句;附加疑问句则在句尾加小尾巴征求认同。\n\n```text\n有 be/助动词 → 换位;其他动词 → 加 do/does/did + 原形;主语疑问句 → 不加 do\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Is she happy?** —— 她开心吗?(be 换位)\n- **Where do you live?** —— 你住在哪儿?(借 do)\n- **Who called you?** —— 谁给你打的电话?(主语疑问句,不用 did)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Where you live?\n- ✅ Where **do** you live?\n- 提醒:疑问词问句里没有 be/助动词时,要补上 do/does/did。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"用 do/does/did 提问时,主要动词用:\", \"options\": [\"动词原形\", \"第三人称单数形式\", \"过去式\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"do/does/did 已经承担了时态和人称,主要动词一律用原形。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个是主语疑问句(不用 do/did)?\", \"options\": [\"Who broke the cup?\", \"Who did break the cup?\", \"Who does broke the cup?\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"问「谁做的」,who 就是主语,语序同陈述句,不加 did。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"含 be 动词的句子怎样变疑问句?\", \"options\": [\"在句首加 do\", \"把 be 和主语换位\", \"在句尾加 not\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"be 动词直接提到主语前面,如 Is she happy?\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nbe/助动词换位提问,其他动词借 do;主语疑问句不用 do。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-passive",
|
||||
"title": "被动语态(The passive)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "be + 过去分词构成被动,重在承受动作的人或事,执行者可用 by 引出。",
|
||||
"md": "# 被动语态(The passive)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想说「这本书被很多人读」,重点不在谁读——用被动语态。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n被动语态里,主语是动作的承受者,结构是 be + 过去分词。当执行者不知道、不重要或显而易见时用被动;需要点出执行者,用 by 引出。一般现在时的被动是 am/is/are + 过去分词。\n\n```text\n主语 + am/is/are + 过去分词(+ by 执行者)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **This book is read by many people.** —— 这本书被很多人读。\n- **English is spoken here.** —— 这儿说英语。(执行者不必说)\n- **The room is cleaned every day.** —— 房间每天被打扫。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The room cleaned every day.\n- ✅ The room **is cleaned** every day.\n- 提醒:被动语态不能漏掉 be。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"被动语态的基本结构是:\", \"options\": [\"be + 过去分词\", \"have + 动词-ing\", \"will + 动词原形\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"所有被动语态都由 be 加过去分词构成,be 随时态变化。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"把 Many people speak English. 变成被动:\", \"options\": [\"English is spoken.\", \"English speaks.\", \"English is speak.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"宾语 English 变主语,speak 变 is spoken。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"什么时候常用被动语态?\", \"options\": [\"执行者不知道或不重要时\", \"想强调执行者时\", \"下命令时\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"被动把重点放在动作和承受者上,执行者未知或不重要时最常用。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nbe + 过去分词:重点说「谁/什么承受了动作」,执行者用 by 引出。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reported-speech",
|
||||
"title": "转述句(Reported speech)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "said (that) + 从句转述别人的话:时态退一步,人称跟着变,tell 必须带对象。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述句(Reported speech)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n把别人说过的话转告给第三个人:「他说……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n转述别人的话常用 said(that)+ 从句,that 可省略。转述时人称要随视角变化(I → he/she),时态通常往后退一步(一般现在时 → 一般过去时)。tell 也可以,但后面必须接对象(tell someone);say 不接对象。\n\n```text\n主语 + said (that) + 从句\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **「I like tea.」→ She said (that) she liked tea.** —— 她说她喜欢茶。\n- **「We are busy.」→ They said they were busy.** —— 他们说他们很忙。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She told that she was busy.\n- ✅ She **said** that she was busy. / She **told me** that she was busy.\n- 提醒:told 后面必须接对象,said 后面不接对象。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「I am tired.」→ He said he ___ tired.\", \"options\": [\"is\", \"was\", \"will be\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"转述时时态退一步:am 变成 was。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子是正确的?\", \"options\": [\"She told that she was busy.\", \"She told me that she was busy.\", \"She said me that she was busy.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"tell 必须带对象(told me);say 不能直接接人(said me 错误)。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"转述别人的话时,时态通常:\", \"options\": [\"保持不变\", \"往回退一步\", \"变成将来时\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"直接引语变转述句,时态通常后退一步,如现在时变过去时。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nsaid (that) + 从句:时态退一步、人称跟着变;tell 必须带对象。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-passive-in-the-past",
|
||||
"title": "过去的被动语态(The passive in the past)",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "was/were + 过去分词,说过去发生在主语身上的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# 过去的被动语态(The passive in the past)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「窗户昨天被打破了」——过去发生的被动怎么说?\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般过去时的被动用 was/were + 过去分词:单数主语用 was,复数用 were,强调过去主语承受的动作。过去进行时的被动是 was/were being + 过去分词;现在完成时的被动是 have/has been + 过去分词。\n\n```text\n主语 + was/were + 过去分词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The window was broken yesterday.** —— 窗户昨天被打破了。\n- **These houses were built in 1990.** —— 这些房子建于 1990 年。\n- **My bike has been stolen.** —— 我的自行车被偷了。(现在完成被动)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ These houses was built in 1990.\n- ✅ These houses **were** built in 1990.\n- 提醒:复数主语 houses 搭配 were,was/were 要和主语单复数一致。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"一般过去时被动语态的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"was/were + 过去分词\", \"is/are + 过去分词\", \"was + 动词-ing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"过去的被动用 was/were 加过去分词,如 was broken。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The letter ___ yesterday.\", \"options\": [\"was sent\", \"is sent\", \"sent\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"yesterday 表示过去,信是「被寄出」,用 was sent。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"复数主语的过去被动用:\", \"options\": [\"was\", \"were\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"复数主语搭配 were,如 The houses were built。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwas/were + 过去分词:过去发生在主语身上的事。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "tenses-in-reported-speech",
|
||||
"title": "转述句中的时态(Tenses in reported speech)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "转述时态退一步:will→would,can→could;时间地点词也要跟着变。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述句中的时态(Tenses in reported speech)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n转述别人的话,时态、时间词、地点词都可能要「换挡」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n转述句的时态通常比原话退一步:一般现在→一般过去,现在进行→过去进行,现在完成→过去完成,will→would,can→could。原话中的一般过去时可保持不变或变成过去完成。时间地点词也常变:yesterday→the day before,this→that,these→those。若情况现在仍然属实,时态可不变。\n\n```text\n原话时态 → 退一步;时间/地点/指示词 → 相应后移\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **「I am working.」→ She said she was working.** —— 她说她(那时)在工作。\n- **「I will come.」→ He said he would come.** —— 他说他会来。\n- **「I saw her yesterday.」→ He said he had seen her the day before.** —— 他说他前一天见过她。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ 「I will go.」→ He said he will go.\n- ✅ He said he **would** go.\n- 提醒:will 转述时通常要变成 would。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"转述句中,will 通常变成:\", \"options\": [\"would\", \"will\", \"can\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"时态退一步:will 变成 would。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"转述句中,can 变成:\", \"options\": [\"could\", \"may\", \"must\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"can 退一步变成 could。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"原话里的 yesterday 在转述句中常变成:\", \"options\": [\"tomorrow\", \"the day before\", \"today\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"转述时间后移:yesterday 变成 the day before(前一天)。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n转述句:时态退一步,时间地点词跟着移;情况仍属实时可不变。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-passive-in-the-future",
|
||||
"title": "将来的被动语态(The passive in the future)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "will be + 过去分词,说将来主语将承受的动作。",
|
||||
"md": "# 将来的被动语态(The passive in the future)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「桥明年会被建好」——将来的被动这样说。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般将来时的被动用 will be + 过去分词(通常用 will,不用 going to),强调将来主语将承受的动作。将来完成时的被动用 will have been + 过去分词,表示到将来某时会已完成。\n\n```text\n主语 + will be + 过去分词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The thief will be caught.** —— 小偷会被抓住的。\n- **The bridge will be finished next year.** —— 这座桥明年完工。\n- **By Friday, the work will have been done.** —— 到周五,工作就会被完成了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The bridge will finished next year.\n- ✅ The bridge **will be finished** next year.\n- 提醒:will 和过去分词之间不能漏掉 be。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"一般将来时被动语态的结构是:\", \"options\": [\"will be + 过去分词\", \"will + 过去分词\", \"will being + 过去分词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"将来被动是 will be 加过去分词,如 will be finished。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The results ___ tomorrow.\", \"options\": [\"will be sent\", \"will sent\", \"will be send\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"结果「将被发送」,用 will be sent;send 的过去分词是 sent。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"将来简单被动通常用 will,而不用:\", \"options\": [\"be\", \"going to\", \"did\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"将来简单被动一般由 will be + 过去分词构成,通常不用 going to。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill be + 过去分词:将来主语将承受的动作。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reporting-verbs",
|
||||
"title": "转述动词(Reporting verbs)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "用 promised/refused/told 等转述动词,接 that 从句或“宾语 + to do”,表达更准确。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述动词(Reporting verbs)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n别总用 said——「答应」「拒绝」「建议」各有各的动词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n转述时可以用更具体的动词说明「怎样说」:promised(答应)、refused(拒绝)、suggested(建议)、explained(解释)等常接 that 从句;转述命令、请求、建议时,常用 tell/ask/advise/warn + 宾语 + to do。\n\n```text\n主语 + 转述动词(过去式) + that 从句;主语 + tell/ask/advise + 宾语 + to do\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **He promised that he would come.** —— 他答应他会来。\n- **Mum told me to clean my room.** —— 妈妈叫我打扫房间。(命令)\n- **The teacher asked us to be quiet.** —— 老师叫我们安静。(请求)\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Mum told me cleaning my room.\n- ✅ Mum told me **to clean** my room.\n- 提醒:「宾语 + to do」结构里要用 to + 动词原形,不能用 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个句子正确地转述了命令/要求?\", \"options\": [\"Mum told me to clean my room.\", \"Mum told me cleaning my room.\", \"Mum said me to clean my room.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"tell + 宾语 + to do 转述命令;say 不能接人说(said me 错误)。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个转述动词表示「答应」?\", \"options\": [\"promised\", \"refused\", \"explained\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"promise 是答应,refuse 是拒绝,explain 是解释。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"相比 said,refused、suggested 这类转述动词的好处是:\", \"options\": [\"能体现说话的方式或态度\", \"不产生任何作用\", \"只能用于疑问句\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"具体的转述动词能交代说话人的语气、态度,如拒绝、建议,信息更丰富。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n按情境选转述动词:that 从句或「宾语 + to do」,表达更准确。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "the-passive-with-modals",
|
||||
"title": "含情态动词的被动(The passive with modals)",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "情态动词 + be + 过去分词,表示“应该/可以/必须被……做”。",
|
||||
"md": "# 含情态动词的被动(The passive with modals)\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「作业必须被完成」——情态动词遇上被动语态。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n情态动词(can、must、should 等)的被动结构是:情态动词 + be + 过去分词。情态动词本身不变形,be 始终用原形,表示「能/必须/应该被……」。完成形式用情态动词 + have been + 过去分词。\n\n```text\n主语 + 情态动词 + be + 过去分词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The work must be finished today.** —— 这项工作今天必须完成。\n- **This word can be translated in two ways.** —— 这个单词可以有两种译法。\n- **The room should be cleaned.** —— 房间应该打扫了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The work must finished today.\n- ✅ The work **must be finished** today.\n- 提醒:情态动词和过去分词之间不能漏掉 be。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题,点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"含情态动词的被动语态结构是:\", \"options\": [\"情态动词 + be + 过去分词\", \"情态动词 + have + 动词-ing\", \"情态动词 + 过去分词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"结构是情态动词 + be + 过去分词,如 must be finished。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The problem ___ solved at once.\", \"options\": [\"must be\", \"must\", \"must being\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"问题「必须被解决」,用 must be solved,be 不能省。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"含情态动词的被动句中,主要动词用:\", \"options\": [\"动词原形\", \"过去分词\", \"-ing 形式\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"被动语态的主要动词一律用过去分词,如 solved、finished。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n情态动词 + be + 过去分词:「应该/可以/必须被……做」。\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reported-speech-with-negatives",
|
||||
"title": "转述否定句：别弄丢「not」",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "转述否定时不丢 not：told sb not to do、said (that) … didn't。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述否定句：别弄丢「not」\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会把否定句和否定祈使句转述给别人，且不走样地保留否定。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n转述否定句时，**not 不能丢**，否定要原样留在转述内容里。否定祈使句（Don't …）用「tell/ask + 人 + not to do」；陈述否定句用「said (that) + 主语 + didn't/wasn't …」，时态照常被拉回过去。\n\n```text\n“Don't touch it!” → He told me not to touch it.\n“I don't like fish.” → She said (that) she didn't like fish.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The teacher told us not to shout.** —— 老师叫我们不要大喊大叫。\n- **Mom said that she wasn't tired.** —— 妈妈说她不累。\n- **He asked me not to open the window.** —— 他请我不要开窗。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He told me to don't touch it.\n- ✅ He told me not to touch it.\n- 提醒：否定祈使句的 not 永远放在 to 前面，固定成「not to do」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"把“Don't be late.”变成转述句：She told me ___.\",\"options\":[\"to not be late\",\"don't be late\",\"not to be late\",\"to be not late\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"否定祈使句用 told sb not to do，not 放在 to 前面，所以是 not to be late。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"把“I don't want to go.”变成转述句：He said that he ___ to go.\",\"options\":[\"didn't want\",\"doesn't want\",\"not want\",\"don't want\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"转述时态退一步：don't want 变 didn't want，否定 not 必须保留。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：转述否定句时，为了句子简洁可以把 not 去掉。\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。去掉 not 意思就反了，转述否定句必须保留否定。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n转述否定不丢 not：叫别人别做用 told sb not to do，说自己不做用 said (that) … didn't。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "other-passive-constructions",
|
||||
"title": "另两类被动：get done 与 have something done",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "get + 过去分词表示「（不快的）事发生了」；have/get + 物 + 过去分词表示「请人做某事」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 另两类被动：get done 与 have something done\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n除了 be + 过去分词，英语还有两种常用的「另类被动」，这一课一次认全。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一是 **get + 过去分词**，表示某事发生了，常指意外或不愉快的事（被偷、受伤）。二是 **have/get + 物 + 过去分词**，表示「安排别人替自己做某事」，比如请人修车、剪头发。\n\n```text\nget + 过去分词：My bike got stolen.\nhave/get + 物 + 过去分词：I had my hair cut.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **My bike got stolen yesterday.** —— 我的自行车昨天被偷了。\n- **I'm going to have my hair cut.** —— 我要去（请人）剪头发。\n- **We got the window fixed at last.** —— 我们终于请人把窗户修好了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I cut my hair yesterday.（想说自己请人剪的）\n- ✅ I had my hair cut.\n- 提醒：自己剪和请人剪不一样，请人做要用「have + 物 + 过去分词」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"我的自行车被偷了，用 get 被动说：My bike ___ yesterday.\",\"options\":[\"got stolen\",\"got stole\",\"was stole\",\"get stealing\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"get 被动 = get + 过去分词，steal 的过去分词是 stolen，所以是 got stolen。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"你请师傅修好了自行车，应该说：I ___.\",\"options\":[\"repaired my bike myself\",\"had my bike repaired\",\"had my bike repair\",\"got my bike repairing\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"请别人替自己做某事用 had + 物 + 过去分词：had my bike repaired。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"get 被动（get + 过去分词）常用来讲哪类事？\",\"options\":[\"每天的习惯\",\"命令\",\"意外或不愉快的事\",\"提前安排好的事\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"get 被动多用于意外或不愉快的事，如 got stolen（被偷）、got hurt（受伤）。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nget done 说「遭了什么事」，have/get something done 说「请人做了什么事」。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reported-questions",
|
||||
"title": "转述问句",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "转述问句变回陈述语序，不再用 do/does/did；一般疑问句用 if 或 whether 连接。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述问句\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n别人问了你一个问题，你再讲给第三个人听，就要用到「转述问句」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n转述问句时，句子要**变回陈述语序**（主语在前、动词在后），不再保留 do/does/did。特殊疑问句保留原疑问词；一般疑问句（yes/no 问句）用 **if 或 whether** 连接。\n\n```text\n“Where do you live?” → He asked me where I lived.\n“Are you tired?” → She asked if I was tired.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She asked me where I lived.** —— 她问我住在哪儿。\n- **He asked if I was hungry.** —— 他问我是不是饿了。\n- **They wanted to know why we were late.** —— 他们想知道我们为什么迟到。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She asked me where did I live.\n- ✅ She asked me where I lived.\n- 提醒：转述问句不是问句了，要去掉 did，语序变回「主语 + 动词」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“Where do you live?” 转述为：He asked me where ___.\",\"options\":[\"I lived\",\"do I live\",\"did I live\",\"I live\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"转述问句用陈述语序，去掉 do，时态退一步：where I lived。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“Are you tired?” 转述为：She asked me ___ I was tired.\",\"options\":[\"what\",\"where\",\"that\",\"if\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"一般疑问句（yes/no 问句）转述时用 if 或 whether 连接。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：转述问句可以保留原来的疑问语序，如 where do you live。\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。转述问句要变回陈述语序 where I lived，不能再保留 do。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n转述问句两条：语序变陈述，yes/no 问句请 if/whether 带路。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "conditional-sentences",
|
||||
"title": "第一条件句：If it rains…",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "第一条件句：If + 一般现在时，主句 will + 动词原形；if 从句里不用 will。",
|
||||
"md": "# 第一条件句：If it rains…\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想说「如果……就……」，就要学会条件句这个万能句型。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n第一条件句讲**真实可能发生的事**：if 从句用一般现在时提条件，主句用 will/won't + 动词原形说结果。记住一条铁律：**if 从句里不用 will**。\n\n```text\nIf + 一般现在时, … will + 动词原形\nIf it rains, we will stay at home.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **If it rains tomorrow, we will stay at home.** —— 如果明天下雨，我们就待在家里。\n- **I will help you if you ask me.** —— 如果你开口，我会帮你。\n- **If you don't hurry, you will miss the bus.** —— 如果你不快点，就会错过公交车。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ If it will rain tomorrow, we will stay at home.\n- ✅ If it rains tomorrow, we will stay at home.\n- 提醒：will 只待在主句里，if 从句用一般现在时表将来。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"If you ___ hard, you will pass the exam.\",\"options\":[\"will study\",\"study\",\"studied\",\"studies\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"if 从句用一般现在时，主语是 you，动词用原形 study。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"If she comes, I ___ happy.\",\"options\":[\"am\",\"was\",\"being\",\"will be\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"条件句主句说将来的结果，用 will + 动词原形：will be。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：if 从句里可以用 will，如 If it will rain…\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。if 从句用一般现在时表示将来，will 只出现在主句。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n第一条件句 = If + 现在时，will + 原形；if 从句不碰 will。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reported-speech-overview",
|
||||
"title": "转述句总览",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "转述别人的话时态退一步，用 tell + 人 + that… 或 say that…。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转述句总览\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n把别人的原话讲给第三个人听，就是转述句；这一课把三条总规则一次打包。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n规则一：转述内容**时态退一步**（现在 → 过去，过去 → 过去完成，will → would）。规则二：带听话人用 tell sb (that)…，不带听话人用 say (that)…，say 不能直接跟人。规则三：人称和时间词跟着变，如 I → he/she、tomorrow → the next day。\n\n```text\n“I am tired.” → She said (that) she was tired.\n“I will call you tomorrow.” → She told me (that) she would call me the next day.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **He said that he liked the film.** —— 他说他喜欢这部电影。（原话：“I like the film.”）\n- **She told me that she would call me the next day.** —— 她告诉我她第二天会给我打电话。\n- **They said that they had finished.** —— 他们说他们已经完成了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He said me that he was busy.\n- ✅ He told me that he was busy.（或 He said that he was busy.）\n- 提醒：say 后面不能直接跟「人」，要跟人就用 tell。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“I like tea.” 转述为：She said that she ___ tea.\",\"options\":[\"likes\",\"liked\",\"liking\",\"like\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"转述句时态退一步：like 变 liked。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"原话是 “I will call you tomorrow.”，转述句里的 tomorrow 通常变成 ___.\",\"options\":[\"the next day\",\"yesterday\",\"today\",\"now\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"时间词要跟着变：tomorrow 在转述句里通常变成 the next day。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"He said me that he was busy.\",\"He told that he was busy.\",\"He told me that he was busy.\",\"He say me he was busy.\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"tell 后面跟人：told me that…；say 不能直接跟人，所以其余三句都错。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n转述三件事：时态退一步，tell 带人、say 不带人，人称时间跟着变。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "other-conditional-sentences",
|
||||
"title": "其他条件句：unless、as long as、in case",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "unless 意为「如果不」、as long as 意为「只要」、in case 意为「以防」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 其他条件句：unless、as long as、in case\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n条件句不只 if 一个领班，这一课认识三位新帮手。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**unless = if … not**（除非、如果不），它自带否定，句子里不能再加 not。**as long as** 意为「只要」，强调唯一条件。**in case** 意为「以防、万一」，后面接提前做的准备。\n\n```text\nUnless you hurry, you will be late. (= If you don't hurry…)\nTake an umbrella in case it rains.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Unless you hurry, you will be late.** —— 除非你快点，否则你会迟到。\n- **You can play outside as long as you finish your homework.** —— 只要你写完作业，就可以出去玩。\n- **Take an umbrella in case it rains.** —— 带把伞，以防下雨。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Unless you don't hurry, you will be late.\n- ✅ Unless you hurry, you will be late.\n- 提醒：unless 已经含「不」的意思，再加 not 就成了双重否定。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“Unless you hurry, you will be late.” 和哪句意思基本相同？\",\"options\":[\"If you hurry, you will be late.\",\"If you don't hurry, you will be late.\",\"Because you hurried, you weren't late.\",\"Although you hurried, you were late.\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"unless = if … not，所以原句等于 If you don't hurry, you will be late.\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"Take an umbrella ___ it rains.（带伞以防下雨）\",\"options\":[\"unless\",\"as long as\",\"in case\",\"while\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"in case 表示「以防、万一」，后面接提前做的准备。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"You can go out ___ you come home before nine.（只要九点前回家）\",\"options\":[\"in case\",\"unless\",\"although\",\"as long as\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"as long as 表示「只要」，提出唯一的条件。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nunless「如果不」、as long as「只要」、in case「以防」，条件句三件新兵器。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "types-of-verbs",
|
||||
"title": "动词大家族：动作、状态、助动、情态",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "动词分动作、状态、助动、情态四类；状态动词通常不加 -ing。",
|
||||
"md": "# 动词大家族：动作、状态、助动、情态\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语动词是一个大家族，这一课先认全四位成员。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**动作动词**表示做得出的动作（run、eat）；**状态动词**表示感觉、想法和拥有（like、know、have），通常不加 -ing；**助动词**（be、do、have）帮忙构成时态、否定和疑问；**情态动词**（can、must）后面直接跟动词原形。\n\n```text\n动作：run、eat 状态：like、know\n助动：be、do、have 情态：can、must\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She runs every morning.** —— 她每天早上跑步。（run 是动作动词）\n- **I know the answer.** —— 我知道答案。（know 是状态动词）\n- **He can swim.** —— 他会游泳。（can 是情态动词，后跟原形 swim）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am knowing the answer.\n- ✅ I know the answer.\n- 提醒：know、like 这类状态动词一般不加 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个词是状态动词？\",\"options\":[\"run\",\"jump\",\"like\",\"swim\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"like（喜欢）表示心里的状态，是状态动词；其余三个都是动作。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个词是动作动词？\",\"options\":[\"must\",\"is\",\"eat\",\"can\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"eat（吃）是做得出的动作；must、can 是情态动词，is 是助动词/系动词。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：know、like 这类状态动词一般不用 -ing 形式。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。状态动词表示稳定的状态，通常只用一般式，如 I know，不说 I am knowing。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n动词四兄弟：动作可 -ing，状态要安静，助动帮造句，情态跟原形。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "conditional-sentences-overview",
|
||||
"title": "条件句四兄弟",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "四种条件句：零号讲事实，一号讲可能的将来，二号想象现在，三号遗憾过去。",
|
||||
"md": "# 条件句四兄弟\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语有四种条件句，各司其职；这一课用一张表认全它们。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**零条件句**讲永远成立的事实：If + 现在时，现在时。**第一条件句**讲可能的将来：If + 现在时，will + 原形。**第二条件句**想象与现在相反的事：If + 过去时，would + 原形。**第三条件句**为过去遗憾：If + 过去完成时，would have + 过去分词。\n\n```text\n零号：If + 现在, 现在（事实）\n一号：If + 现在, will（可能的将来）\n二号：If + 过去, would（想象现在）\n三号：If + had done, would have done（遗憾过去）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **If you heat ice, it melts.** —— 冰一加热就化。（零号·事实）\n- **If I had wings, I would fly.** —— 如果我有翅膀，我就飞。（二号·想象）\n- **If I had got up early, I would have caught the bus.** —— 如果我早起了，就赶上公交车了。（三号·遗憾；一号在上一课已学）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ If I would have money, I buy it.\n- ✅ If I had money, I would buy it.\n- 提醒：二号条件句从句用过去时，主句才用 would，两者不能乱配。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“If you heat ice, it melts.”（讲事实）属于哪一种？\",\"options\":[\"零条件句\",\"第一条件句\",\"第二条件句\",\"第三条件句\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"从句和主句都用一般现在时、讲永远成立的事实，是零条件句。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"第二条件句（If + 过去时, would + 原形）用来讲什么？\",\"options\":[\"客观事实\",\"将来可能发生的事\",\"与现在相反的想象\",\"对过去的遗憾\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"第二条件句想象与现在相反或不太可能的事，如 If I had wings, I would fly.\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"第三条件句的结构是：If + ___, … would have done.\",\"options\":[\"一般现在时\",\"过去完成时\",\"will + 原形\",\"动词 -ing\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"第三条件句为过去遗憾：If + had done, … would have done。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n零号事实、一号可能、二号想象、三号遗憾——四兄弟各管一摊。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "action-and-state-verbs",
|
||||
"title": "动作动词与状态动词",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "动作动词可用 -ing 进行时；like、know、want 等状态动词通常只用一般式。",
|
||||
"md": "# 动作动词与状态动词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n同样是动词，有的能「动起来」加 -ing，有的天生爱安静，这一课分清它们。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**动作动词**表示正在做的动作，可以用进行时（-ing）。**状态动词**表示感觉、想法和拥有，如 like、love、want、know、believe、have，它们描述稳定的状态，**通常只用一般式**，不加 -ing。\n\n```text\n动作：run → is running（可 -ing）\n状态：want → I want（不 -ing）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She is running now.** —— 她正在跑步。（run 是动作动词）\n- **I want an ice cream.** —— 我想要一个冰淇淋。（不说 am wanting）\n- **He believes you.** —— 他相信你。（believe 是状态动词）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am wanting a dog.\n- ✅ I want a dog.\n- 提醒：want、like、know 这些状态动词不加 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"I am liking this song.\",\"I liking this song.\",\"I like this song.\",\"I am like this song.\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"like 是状态动词，用一般式 I like，不加 -ing。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个是状态动词？\",\"options\":[\"eat\",\"understand\",\"write\",\"play\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"understand（明白）是心里的状态；eat、write、play 都是动作。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个动词可以用 -ing 进行时？\",\"options\":[\"know\",\"need\",\"read\",\"want\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"read（读）是动作，可以说 is reading；know、need、want 都是状态动词。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n动作动词可 -ing，状态动词爱安静——like、know、want 不加 -ing。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "future-possibilities",
|
||||
"title": "未来的可能性：may、might、could",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "将来可能发生的事用 may/might/could + 动词原形，might 的把握最小。",
|
||||
"md": "# 未来的可能性：may、might、could\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n将来的事说不准？正好，英语有三个「也许」专治说不准。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n对将来的事没把握时，用 **may / might / could + 动词原形**，表示「也许会发生」。其中 **might 的把握最小**，may 和 could 稍强一点。否定用 may not / might not。\n\n```text\nmay / might / could + 动词原形\nIt may rain later. = 也许会下雨。\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **It may rain later.** —— 待会儿可能会下雨。\n- **We might go to the zoo tomorrow.** —— 我们明天也许去动物园。\n- **She could be late if the bus is slow.** —— 如果公交车慢，她可能会迟到。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ It may to rain later.\n- ✅ It may rain later.\n- 提醒：情态动词后面直接跟动词原形，不加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"It ___ snow tomorrow, but I'm not sure.\",\"options\":[\"must\",\"will definitely\",\"may\",\"can't\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"不确定会不会发生，用 may（也许）；must 和 will definitely 都太肯定。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个词语气最弱、把握最小？\",\"options\":[\"will\",\"must\",\"shall\",\"might\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"might 表示的可能性最小，只是「有一点点可能」。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：might 后面用动词原形，不加 to。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。might 是情态动词，后接动词原形，如 It might rain。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n拿不准的将来用 may/might/could + 原形，might 的把握最小。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "infinitives-and-participles",
|
||||
"title": "不定式与分词：to do、doing、done",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "to do 常表目的；doing 表进行或动名词；done 表完成或被动。",
|
||||
"md": "# 不定式与分词：to do、doing、done\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n动词除了做谓语，还能「变身」成三种模样，这一课一次认清。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**不定式 to + 动词原形**常用来表示目的，或跟在 want、decide 等动词后。**-ing 形式**用于进行时，也可当动名词做宾语。**-ed 过去分词**用于完成时和被动，也可当形容词描述状态。\n\n```text\nto do：表目的／跟 want、decide\ndoing：进行时／动名词\ndone：完成、被动／形容词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I went to the shop to buy milk.** —— 我去商店买牛奶。（to buy 表目的）\n- **She enjoys reading.** —— 她喜欢阅读。（reading 是动名词）\n- **The broken window needs fixing.** —— 那扇破了的窗户需要修。（broken 表状态）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I went to the shop for buy milk.\n- ✅ I went to the shop to buy milk.\n- 提醒：表示「为了做什么」用 to do，不用 for do。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"He called me ___ hello.\",\"options\":[\"to say\",\"for say\",\"saying\",\"said\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"表示目的用 to + 动词原形：called me to say hello。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个是不定式？\",\"options\":[\"swimming\",\"swam\",\"to swim\",\"swims\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"to + 动词原形就是不定式：to swim；swimming 是 -ing 形式。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“a broken cup” 里的过去分词 broken 表示什么？\",\"options\":[\"正在进行的动作\",\"将来的计划\",\"命令\",\"完成或被动的状态\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"broken 描述杯子「已经被弄破」的状态，过去分词常表完成或被动。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nto do 表目的，doing 做动名词，done 表状态——动词三变要分清。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "wishes-and-regrets",
|
||||
"title": "愿望与遗憾：I wish…",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "wish + 过去式表示现在的愿望，wish + had done 表示过去的遗憾。",
|
||||
"md": "# 愿望与遗憾：I wish…\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「要是……就好了」——英语用 wish 来表达愿望和遗憾。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n对**现在**不满，wish 后面用**过去式**（be 常用 were），表示与事实相反的愿望。对**过去**后悔，wish 后面用**过去完成时 had done**，表示当时没做到。**If only** 语气更强烈，用法相同。\n\n```text\nwish + 过去式 → 现在的愿望：I wish I were taller.\nwish + had done → 过去的遗憾：I wish I had studied.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I wish I were taller.** —— 我真希望再高一点。（其实不高）\n- **She wishes she had studied harder.** —— 她真希望当时更用功。（其实没有）\n- **If only I had a bike.** —— 我要是有辆自行车就好了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I wish I am taller.\n- ✅ I wish I were taller.\n- 提醒：wish 后面的「现在」要用过去式，愿望与现实隔一步。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"你其实不会游泳，想说“要是我会游泳就好了”：I wish I ___ swim.\",\"options\":[\"can\",\"will\",\"could\",\"may\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"对现在的愿望用过去式：can 变 could。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"你后悔考试前没努力：I wish I ___ harder.\",\"options\":[\"study\",\"will study\",\"have studied\",\"had studied\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"对过去的遗憾用过去完成时：wish + had studied。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：wish 后面谈现在的愿望时，用一般过去时。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。现在的愿望用过去式，如 I wish I had a bike（其实没有）。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwish 后时态退一步：现在愿望用过去式，过去遗憾用 had done。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "verb-patterns",
|
||||
"title": "动词搭配：+ to do 还是 + doing？",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "want/hope/decide + to do，enjoy/finish/mind + doing，成对记住。",
|
||||
"md": "# 动词搭配：+ to do 还是 + doing？\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n有的动词后面跟 to do，有的跟 doing，跟错了就不地道——这一课分组记住它们。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**want、hope、decide、plan、learn** 后面跟 **to do**；**enjoy、finish、mind、stop、practise** 后面跟 **doing**。没有万能公式，最好的办法是成对背、造句用。\n\n```text\nwant / hope / decide + to do\nenjoy / finish / mind + doing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I want to go home.** —— 我想回家。\n- **She decided to study English.** —— 她决定学英语。\n- **He enjoys playing football.** —— 他喜欢踢足球。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I enjoy to read.\n- ✅ I enjoy reading.\n- 提醒：enjoy 只跟 doing，to read 要换成 reading。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I hope ___ you soon.\",\"options\":[\"to see\",\"see\",\"seeing\",\"saw\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"hope 后面跟 to do：hope to see you soon。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"She finished ___ her homework.\",\"options\":[\"do\",\"doing\",\"to do\",\"did\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"finish 后面跟 doing：finished doing her homework。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个动词后面跟 to do？\",\"options\":[\"enjoy\",\"finish\",\"mind\",\"want\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"want 后面跟 to do：want to do；enjoy、finish、mind 都跟 doing。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwant/hope/decide 带 to do，enjoy/finish/mind 带 doing，成对记住不出错。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "forming-questions",
|
||||
"title": "构成疑问句：倒装与 do",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "疑问句把 be 或助动词移到主语前；没有助动词就请 do/does 帮忙。",
|
||||
"md": "# 构成疑问句：倒装与 do\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n把一句话变成问题，英语有两件法宝：倒装和 do。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n句子里有 **be 或助动词**（can、will、have 等）时，把它**移到主语前面**就成疑问句。句子里只有普通动词时，请 **Do/Does** 到句首帮忙，后面的动词变回原形。\n\n```text\nShe is happy. → Is she happy?\nHe likes cats. → Does he like cats?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **They are students. → Are they students?** —— 他们是学生吗？\n- **You can swim. → Can you swim?** —— 你会游泳吗？\n- **He plays tennis. → Does he play tennis?** —— 他打网球吗？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Does he likes cats?\n- ✅ Does he like cats?\n- 提醒：Does 已经把「三单」扛走了，后面的动词要变回原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"把 “They are students.” 变成疑问句：\",\"options\":[\"Are they students?\",\"They are students?\",\"Do they students?\",\"Is they students?\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"句子里有 are，直接把 are 移到主语 they 前面。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"把 “She plays tennis.” 变成疑问句：\",\"options\":[\"Plays she tennis?\",\"Does she play tennis?\",\"Do she plays tennis?\",\"Is she play tennis?\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"普通动词句请 Does 帮忙，plays 变回原形 play。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：Does 后面的动词要变回原形。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。Does he like…? 里的 like 用原形，三单标记已经由 Does 承担。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n有 be/助动词就倒装，只有普通动词就请 Do/Does，动词变回原形。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "verb-patterns-with-objects",
|
||||
"title": "动词 + 宾语 + to do：请某人做某事",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "tell/ask/want + 人 + to do 表示「请某人做某事」，否定是 人 + not to do。",
|
||||
"md": "# 动词 + 宾语 + to do：请某人做某事\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想让「某人做某事」，英语有一个固定套路。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**tell、ask、want、would like** 等动词后面先接「人」（宾语），再接 **to do**：告诉/请求/想让某人做某事。否定形式是「人 + **not to do**」。\n\n```text\ntell / ask / want + 人 + to do\nShe asked him not to shout.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Mom told me to clean my room.** —— 妈妈叫我打扫房间。\n- **I want you to come to my party.** —— 我想让你来参加我的派对。\n- **She asked him not to shout.** —— 她请他不要大喊。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I want that you come to my party.\n- ✅ I want you to come to my party.\n- 提醒：want 后面是「人 + to do」，不用 that 从句。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"Dad asked me ___ the door.\",\"options\":[\"close\",\"closing\",\"to close\",\"closed\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"ask + 人 + to do：asked me to close the door。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"She told him ___ late.\",\"options\":[\"don't be\",\"not to be\",\"to not being\",\"no be\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"否定形式是 人 + not to do：told him not to be late。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个动词能用在「动词 + 人 + to do」结构里？\",\"options\":[\"enjoy\",\"finish\",\"mind\",\"would like\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"would like sb to do 表示「想让某人做某事」；enjoy、finish、mind 后面直接跟 doing。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n请人做事：tell/ask/want + 人 + to do；请人别做：人 + not to do。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "question-words",
|
||||
"title": "疑问词：what、who、where…",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "疑问词 what、who、where、when、why、how 放句首，分别问事物、人、地点、时间、原因、方式。",
|
||||
"md": "# 疑问词：what、who、where…\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想知道什么就问什么——这一课记住六个常用的疑问词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**what 问事物，who 问人，where 问地点，when 问时间，why 问原因（回答常用 because），how 问方式或程度**。疑问词永远放在问句的开头。which 用于「有限范围里选一个」，whose 问「谁的」。\n\n```text\nwhat 事物 who 人 where 地点\nwhen 时间 why 原因 how 方式\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **What is your name?** —— 你叫什么名字？\n- **Where do you live?** —— 你住在哪里？\n- **Why are you late?** —— 你为什么迟到？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ How you are?\n- ✅ How are you?\n- 提醒：疑问词后面要接疑问语序（倒装），不是陈述语序。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"想问「地点」用哪个疑问词？\",\"options\":[\"what\",\"where\",\"who\",\"when\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"where 问地点，如 Where do you live?\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“___ is that girl?” “She is my sister.”\",\"options\":[\"Where\",\"What\",\"Who\",\"How\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"回答是人（my sister），所以问句用 who 问人。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"问「原因」用哪个词，回答常用 because？\",\"options\":[\"why\",\"how\",\"whose\",\"which\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"why 问原因，回答常用 because：Why…? Because…\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwhat、who、where，when、why、how——六个疑问词站句首，问什么请谁出头。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "verb-patterns-with-prepositions",
|
||||
"title": "动词 + 介词 + doing",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "介词后面的动词一律用 -ing：be good at doing、look forward to doing。",
|
||||
"md": "# 动词 + 介词 + doing\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n动词跟在介词后面时要「穿 -ing 外套」——这一课记住这条铁律。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**介词（about、at、of、for、in、to…）后面的动词一律用 -ing 形式**。常见搭配有 think about doing、be good at doing、be interested in doing、apologize for doing、look forward to doing——注意 look forward to 里的 to 是介词，后面照样跟 doing。\n\n```text\n动词/形容词 + 介词 + doing\nbe good at drawing look forward to seeing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I'm thinking about joining the club.** —— 我在考虑加入俱乐部。\n- **She is good at drawing.** —— 她擅长画画。\n- **Sorry for being late.** —— 对不起，我迟到了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I'm looking forward to see you.\n- ✅ I'm looking forward to seeing you.\n- 提醒：这里的 to 是介词，不是不定式标记，后面要跟 seeing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"He is interested ___ learning Chinese.\",\"options\":[\"on\",\"in\",\"at\",\"to\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"固定搭配 be interested in doing：对做某事感兴趣。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I look forward to ___ from you.\",\"options\":[\"hear\",\"heard\",\"hearing\",\"hears\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"look forward to 的 to 是介词，后面动词用 -ing：hearing。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：介词后面的动词要用 -ing 形式。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。介词后的动词一律 -ing，如 good at drawing、thanks for helping。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n介词后、动词前，-ing 外套要穿上；look forward to doing 最容易看走眼。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "open-questions",
|
||||
"title": "开放式问句",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "开放式问句 = 疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词，回答是具体信息而不是 yes/no。",
|
||||
"md": "# 开放式问句\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\nyes/no 问句只能点头摇头，开放式问句才能问出「故事」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n开放式问句用**疑问词开头**，回答是具体信息，不能只说 yes 或 no。语序固定为：**疑问词 + 助动词（或 be）+ 主语 + 动词**。\n\n```text\n疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词…？\nWhat do you want for lunch?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **What do you want for lunch?** —— 你午饭想吃什么？\n- **Where did she go?** —— 她去哪儿了？\n- **How does this game work?** —— 这个游戏怎么玩？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Where she went?\n- ✅ Where did she go?\n- 提醒：开放式问句也要倒装，过去的事请 did 帮忙，went 变回 go。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪个是开放式问句？\",\"options\":[\"Do you like tea?\",\"Is he tall?\",\"What time is it?\",\"Can you swim?\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"What time is it? 要回答具体时间，不能用 yes/no 回答，是开放式问句。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“___ do you go to school?” “By bus.”\",\"options\":[\"Who\",\"How\",\"Whose\",\"Which\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"回答 By bus 是方式，所以问句用 how。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个语序是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"Where you live?\",\"Where do you live?\",\"Where live you?\",\"Where you do live?\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词：Where do you live?\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n开放式问句四步走：疑问词 + 助动词 + 主语 + 动词，答案不是 yes/no。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "phrasal-verbs",
|
||||
"title": "短语动词：turn off、look after",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "短语动词 = 动词 + 小词，意思要整体记；代词宾语放中间。",
|
||||
"md": "# 短语动词：turn off、look after\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n动词带上一个小词（副词或介词），常常变成一个全新的意思——这就是短语动词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n短语动词 = **动词 + 小词**，如 turn off（关掉）、look after（照顾）、get up（起床）。意思要**整体记忆**，不能逐字猜。如果宾语是**代词**（it、them），必须放在中间：turn it off。\n\n```text\nturn off the light = turn it off\nlook after + 人/物（照顾）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Please turn off the light.** —— 请把灯关掉。\n- **She looks after her little brother.** —— 她照顾她的弟弟。\n- **I get up at seven every day.** —— 我每天七点起床。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Turn off it.\n- ✅ Turn it off.\n- 提醒：宾语是代词时必须放中间；名词宾语两种位置都可以。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"look after 的意思是什么？\",\"options\":[\"往远处看\",\"关掉\",\"照顾\",\"捡起\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"look after 意为「照顾、照看」，如 look after your little brother。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"Turn off it.\",\"Turn it off.\",\"It turn off.\",\"Turn it of.\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"宾语是代词 it 时要放在中间：Turn it off。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"短语动词的意思通常是？\",\"options\":[\"固定不变的组合\",\"和原动词一样\",\"每个词字面意思的相加\",\"需要整体记忆的新意思\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"短语动词的意思常常是全新的，如 turn off 是「关掉」，要整体记忆。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n短语动词 = 动词 + 小词，意思整体记，代词宾语放中间。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "modal-verbs",
|
||||
"title": "情态动词：can、must、should",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "情态动词三规矩：不加 -s，后跟动词原形，提问和否定不用 do。",
|
||||
"md": "# 情态动词：can、must、should\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\ncan、must、should 这一族词有自己的「三条家规」，这一课一次讲清。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n情态动词（can、could、may、might、must、should、would）有三条规矩：**一**，没有人称变化，三单不加 -s；**二**，后面直接跟动词原形，不加 to；**三**，变否定直接加 not，变疑问把它提前，都不用 do。\n\n```text\n情态动词 + 动词原形\n否定：情态动词 + not 疑问：情态动词 + 主语…？\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She can speak English.** —— 她会说英语。\n- **You must finish your homework.** —— 你必须完成作业。\n- **Can I help you?** —— 我能帮你吗？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He cans swim.\n- ✅ He can swim.\n- 提醒：情态动词永远不变形，he/she/it 后面还是 can。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"She musts go.\",\"She must go.\",\"She must to go.\",\"She must goes.\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"must 是情态动词：不加 -s，后跟动词原形 go。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“You should shout.” 的否定形式是？\",\"options\":[\"You don't should shout.\",\"You not should shout.\",\"You should not shout.\",\"You shouldn't to shout.\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"情态动词变否定直接加 not：should not（shouldn't）shout。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：情态动词后面用动词原形，不加 to 也不加 -s。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。情态动词后永远是动词原形：can swim、must go。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n情态动词三规矩：不加 -s，后跟原形，否定疑问不找 do。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "quantity",
|
||||
"title": "表示数量：some、any、much、many",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "some 用于肯定句，any 用于否定和疑问句；many + 可数复数，much + 不可数。",
|
||||
"md": "# 表示数量：some、any、much、many\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想说「有一些」「许多」，要挑对词——这一课分清四个常用词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**some 用于肯定句，any 用于否定句和疑问句**。**many 后接可数名词复数**（books），**much 后接不可数名词**（water）。a lot of 两边都能用，肯定句里很保险。\n\n```text\n肯定句：some／a lot of\n否定·疑问：any\nmany + 可数复数 much + 不可数\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **There are some apples in the basket.** —— 篮子里有一些苹果。\n- **I don't have any money.** —— 我没有钱。\n- **How much water do you drink every day?** —— 你每天喝多少水？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I don't have some money.\n- ✅ I don't have any money.\n- 提醒：否定句里 some 要让位给 any。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I have ___ friends in this city.\",\"options\":[\"any\",\"much\",\"some\",\"a\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"肯定句里表示「一些」用 some。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"How ___ books do you have?\",\"options\":[\"much\",\"some\",\"any\",\"many\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"books 是可数名词复数，问数量用 how many。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"milk 是不可数名词，问数量用哪个？\",\"options\":[\"How much\",\"How many\",\"How often\",\"How long\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"不可数名词用 how much：How much milk…?\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n肯定 some、否定疑问 any；可数 many、不可数 much。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "ability",
|
||||
"title": "表示能力：can 和 could",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "can 表示现在的能力，could 表示过去的能力，后面都接动词原形。",
|
||||
"md": "# 表示能力：can 和 could\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「我会游泳」「他去年还不会骑车」——表示能力就靠 can 和 could。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**can + 动词原形**表示现在「会、能」，否定是 **can't**。**过去的能力用 could / couldn't**。be able to 意思相近，还能用在 can 去不了的时态里。\n\n```text\ncan + 动词原形（现在）\ncould + 动词原形（过去）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I can swim.** —— 我会游泳。\n- **She couldn't ride a bike last year.** —— 去年她还不会骑自行车。\n- **He is able to cook dinner.** —— 他能做晚饭。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I can to swim.\n- ✅ I can swim.\n- 提醒：can 后面直接跟动词原形，不加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"My sister ___ sing very well.\",\"options\":[\"can\",\"cans\",\"is can\",\"can to\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"can 不变形、不加 to，直接跟动词原形 sing。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I ___ speak English last year, but now I can.\",\"options\":[\"can\",\"couldn't\",\"won't\",\"mustn't\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"说去年「不会」，用过去的能力 couldn't。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：can 后面用动词原形，不加 to。\",\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"对。can swim、can sing，原形紧跟 can。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n现在能力用 can，过去能力用 could，后面永远跟原形。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "approximate-quantity",
|
||||
"title": "概数表达：about、over、almost",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "about/around 表「大约」，over/under 表「多/少于」，almost/nearly 表「几乎」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 概数表达：about、over、almost\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n不知道准确数字怎么办？用「大约」「超过」「几乎」来表达概数。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n数字不确切时：**about / around** 放在数字前，表示「大约」；**over / more than** 表示「超过」，**under / less than** 表示「少于」；**almost / nearly** 表示「几乎、差不多」。\n\n```text\nabout / around + 数字（大约）\nover / under + 数字（超过／少于）\nalmost / nearly（几乎）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **About thirty children came to the party.** —— 大约三十个孩子来参加派对。\n- **The film lasted over two hours.** —— 这部电影放了两个多小时。\n- **I've read almost all the book.** —— 这本书我几乎读完了。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Almost about thirty people came.\n- ✅ About thirty people came.\n- 提醒：about 和 almost 选一个用，叠在一起就重复了。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"想表达「大约五十人」：___ fifty people.\",\"options\":[\"Under\",\"Over\",\"About\",\"Almost\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"「大约」用 about（或 around）放在数字前。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"旅途实际花了两个半小时，超过两小时：The trip took ___ two hours.\",\"options\":[\"under\",\"less than\",\"almost\",\"over\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"超过两小时用 over（= more than）。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个词表示「几乎、差不多」？\",\"options\":[\"around\",\"over\",\"nearly\",\"more than\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"nearly 和 almost 都表示「几乎」，如 nearly finished。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n大约 about，超过 over，少于 under，几乎 almost——概数四宝。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "permission-requests-and-offers",
|
||||
"title": "许可、请求与主动帮忙",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "许可用 Can/May I…，请求用 Could you…，主动帮忙用 Shall I…/Would you like…。",
|
||||
"md": "# 许可、请求与主动帮忙\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n礼貌地「问一句」，英语有三套固定说法：求许可、提请求、主动帮忙。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**请求许可**用 Can/Could/May I…?（may 更正式）。**提出请求**用 Could/Would you…?，加 please 更礼貌。**主动帮忙**用 Shall I…? 或 Would you like me to…?\n\n```text\n许可：Can / May I …?\n请求：Could / Would you …?\n帮忙：Shall I …? / Would you like me to …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **May I borrow your pen, please?** —— 我可以借一下你的钢笔吗？\n- **Could you open the window, please?** —— 请帮我开窗好吗？\n- **Shall I help you with the bags?** —— 我帮你拿袋子好吗？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Give me your pen.\n- ✅ Could I borrow your pen, please?\n- 提醒：直接用祈使句「命令」别人很不礼貌，请求要用 Could you/I…?\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"向老师请假出门，最礼貌的说法是：\",\"options\":[\"Let me go out!\",\"I go out.\",\"May I go out, please?\",\"You let me go out.\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"向长辈请求许可用 May I…? 加 please，最正式礼貌。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"礼貌地请别人做某事，说：\",\"options\":[\"Open the window!\",\"Could you open the window, please?\",\"You open the window.\",\"You must open the window.\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"提请求用 Could you…? 加 please，其余说法都像命令。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"主动提出帮别人，说：\",\"options\":[\"Shall I help you?\",\"Do I must help?\",\"Help me!\",\"You help me.\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"主动帮忙用 Shall I…?：我来帮你做……好吗？\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n许可 May I，请求 Could you，帮忙 Shall I——礼貌三件套。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "personal-pronouns",
|
||||
"title": "人称代词：I 和 me、he 和 him",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "主格用在动词前，宾格用在动词和介词后：I/me、he/him、she/her。",
|
||||
"md": "# 人称代词：I 和 me、he 和 him\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n同一个「我」，英语里有时写 I，有时写 me——位置决定用哪个。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**主格**（I、you、he、she、it、we、they）放在**动词前面**做主语。**宾格**（me、you、him、her、it、us、them）放在**动词或介词后面**做宾语。一句话记牢：动词前主格，动词介词后宾格。\n\n```text\n主格：I / he / she / we / they（动词前）\n宾格：me / him / her / us / them（动词、介词后）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **She loves music.** —— 她喜欢音乐。（she 做主语）\n- **Please call me tonight.** —— 今晚请给我打电话。（me 在动词 call 后）\n- **This gift is for him.** —— 这份礼物是给他的。（him 在介词 for 后）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Her is my friend.\n- ✅ She is my friend.\n- 提醒：动词 is 前面要用主格 she，不用宾格 her。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"___ and I are good friends.\",\"options\":[\"He\",\"Him\",\"His\",\"Me\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"动词 are 前面做主语用主格 He：He and I are good friends。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"Mom called ___ for dinner.\",\"options\":[\"we\",\"our\",\"ours\",\"us\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"动词 called 后面做宾语用宾格 us。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"介词（如 for、to、with）后面的人称代词用哪种形式？\",\"options\":[\"主格\",\"所有格\",\"宾格\",\"动词形式\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"介词后面用宾格：for him、with us、to me。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n动词前用主格（I、he、she），动词介词后用宾格（me、him、her）。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "suggestions-and-advice",
|
||||
"title": "建议与劝告：Let's… 和 should",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "建议用 Let's/Shall we/Why don't we + 动词原形，劝告用 should + 动词原形。",
|
||||
"md": "# 建议与劝告：Let's… 和 should\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「我们一起去玩吧」「你应该多喝水」——提建议和劝告各有妙招。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**提建议**（一起做某事）用 **Let's + 动词原形**、**Shall we + 动词原形?** 或 **Why don't we + 动词原形?**。**给劝告**用 **should + 动词原形**，否定是 shouldn't。\n\n```text\n建议：Let's do… / Shall we do…? / Why don't we do…?\n劝告：should do…\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Let's play football after school.** —— 放学后我们去踢足球吧。\n- **Why don't we ask the teacher?** —— 我们去问问老师怎么样？\n- **You should drink more water.** —— 你应该多喝水。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Let's to go.\n- ✅ Let's go.\n- 提醒：Let's 后面直接跟动词原形，不加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"提出建议：___ go to the park?\",\"options\":[\"Do we\",\"Are we\",\"Shall we\",\"We\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"提建议用 Shall we + 动词原形：Shall we go to the park?\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"给别人劝告：You ___ go to bed early.\",\"options\":[\"should\",\"must to\",\"can to\",\"would to\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"给劝告用 should + 动词原形，情态动词后不加 to。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"哪个建议句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"Let's to swim.\",\"Let we swim.\",\"Let's swimming.\",\"Let's swim.\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"Let's 后跟动词原形：Let's swim。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n建议 Let's/Shall we/Why don't we + 原形，劝告 should + 原形。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reflexive-pronouns",
|
||||
"title": "反身代词：myself、yourself",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "主语和宾语是同一个人时用反身代词：myself、yourself、himself。",
|
||||
"md": "# 反身代词：myself、yourself\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「我自己能做」「她弄伤了自己」——动作回到自己身上，就用反身代词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**主语和宾语是同一个人**时，宾语用反身代词：myself、yourself、himself、herself、itself、ourselves、themselves。还有一些固定搭配：enjoy oneself（玩得开心）、by oneself（独自）。\n\n```text\n主语 = 宾语 → 反身代词\nI → myself he → himself they → themselves\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I can do it myself.** —— 我自己能做。\n- **She hurt herself.** —— 她弄伤了自己。\n- **Did you enjoy yourself at the party?** —— 你在派对上玩得开心吗？\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I hurt me.\n- ✅ I hurt myself.\n- 提醒：主语是 I，宾语也是「我」时要用 myself，不用 me。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"He taught ___ to play the piano.\",\"options\":[\"him\",\"his\",\"he\",\"himself\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"主语 he 和宾语是同一人，用 himself：他自学了钢琴。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"We really enjoyed ___ at the beach.\",\"options\":[\"us\",\"our\",\"ourselves\",\"we\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"固定搭配 enjoy oneself；主语是 we，用 ourselves。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"by oneself 是什么意思？\",\"options\":[\"有人帮忙\",\"独自\",\"很快\",\"很认真\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"by oneself 意为「独自、靠自己」，如 live by oneself。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n动作回到自己身上，就用 myself、yourself、himself 等反身代词。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "obligations",
|
||||
"title": "表示义务：must 和 have to",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "must/have to 表「必须」；mustn't 是「禁止」，don't have to 是「不必」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 表示义务：must 和 have to\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「必须做」和「不必做」差一个字，意思差千里——这一课分清它们。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**must** 和 **have to** 都表示「必须」，must 偏主观感受，have to 偏客观要求。关键区别在否定：**mustn't = 禁止做**（不能做），**don't have to = 不必做**（不用做，但做了也行）。\n\n```text\nmust / have to + 动词原形（必须）\nmustn't（禁止）≠ don't have to（不必）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **You must wear a seatbelt in the car.** —— 坐车必须系安全带。\n- **I have to get up at six tomorrow.** —— 我明天必须六点起床。\n- **You don't have to come if you're busy.** —— 你忙的话不必来。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ You mustn't come if you're busy.（想表达「不必来」）\n- ✅ You don't have to come if you're busy.\n- 提醒：mustn't 是「禁止」，语气重得多；「不必」用 don't have to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"这里禁止吸烟：You ___ smoke here.\",\"options\":[\"don't have to\",\"needn't\",\"mustn't\",\"shouldn't to\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"禁止做某事用 mustn't。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"今天是周日，不必早起：You ___ get up early today.\",\"options\":[\"mustn't\",\"must\",\"can't\",\"don't have to\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"「不必做」用 don't have to；mustn't 是禁止，意思不同。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：mustn't 和 don't have to 的意思一样。\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。mustn't 是「禁止做」，don't have to 是「不必做」，完全不同。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nmust/have to 必须做；mustn't 禁止做，don't have to 不必做——一字之差。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "indefinite-pronouns",
|
||||
"title": "不定代词：someone、anything、everyone",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "some- 族用于肯定句，any- 族用于否定和疑问句；不定代词做主语按单数看。",
|
||||
"md": "# 不定代词：someone、anything、everyone\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n不知道是「谁」、是「什么」？用不定代词来指代不特定的人和物。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**some- 族**（someone、something）用于**肯定句**；**any- 族**（anyone、anything）用于**否定句和疑问句**；**no- 族**（no one、nothing）表示「没有」，句子本身是肯定的。**every- 族**（everyone、everything）表示「全部」。它们做主语时，动词按**第三人称单数**处理。\n\n```text\n肯定句：someone / something\n否定·疑问：anyone / anything\n做主语 + 单数动词：Everyone likes…\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Someone is knocking at the door.** —— 有人在敲门。\n- **Is there anything in the box?** —— 盒子里有什么东西吗？\n- **Everyone likes the new game.** —— 大家都喜欢这个新游戏。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Everyone like the game.\n- ✅ Everyone likes the game.\n- 提醒：everyone 做主语时，动词要加 -s，按单数处理。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"我饿了，但冰箱里 ___ 吃的也没有。\",\"options\":[\"something\",\"anything\",\"everything\",\"nothing\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"「什么也没有」用 nothing，句子保持肯定形式。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"There is ___ at the door. Please open it.\",\"options\":[\"anyone\",\"nothing\",\"someone\",\"anywhere\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"肯定句里说「有人」用 someone。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"Everyone ___ ready.\",\"options\":[\"are\",\"be\",\"am\",\"is\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"everyone 做主语按第三人称单数处理，用 is。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n肯定 some-，否定疑问 any-，no- 表「没有」；不定代词做主语用单数动词。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "making-deductions",
|
||||
"title": "作出推测：must be 和 can't be",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "肯定「是」用 must be，肯定「不是」用 can't be，不确定用 might be。",
|
||||
"md": "# 作出推测：must be 和 can't be\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n像小侦探一样根据线索下判断——英语用 must、can't、might 来推测。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n根据线索推测时：**非常有把握「一定是」**用 **must be**；**非常有把握「一定不是」**用 **can't be**；**不太确定「也许是」**用 **might / could / may be**。\n\n```text\nmust be（一定是） can't be（一定不是）\nmight / could be（也许是）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The lights are on. Dad must be at home.** —— 灯亮着，爸爸一定在家。\n- **She just had lunch. She can't be hungry.** —— 她刚吃过午饭，不可能饿。\n- **Take an umbrella. It might rain later.** —— 带把伞，待会儿可能会下雨。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He must be not at home.\n- ✅ He can't be at home.\n- 提醒：很有把握的否定推测用 can't be，不是 must be not。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"他学了一整天，一定很累：He ___ be very tired.\",\"options\":[\"can't\",\"mustn't\",\"must\",\"shouldn't\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"有把握的肯定推测用 must be。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"外面在下雪，外面 ___ 是热的。\",\"options\":[\"must\",\"should\",\"may\",\"can't\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"有把握的否定推测用 can't be：下雪天不可能热。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"不太确定的时候用哪个？\",\"options\":[\"has to\",\"might\",\"must\",\"can't\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"不确定时用 might be（也许是），把握最小。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n推测三档：must be 一定是，can't be 一定不是，might be 也许是。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "possession",
|
||||
"title": "表示所属：'s、mine、have got",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "所属三招：名词 + 's、物主代词 mine/yours、have got。",
|
||||
"md": "# 表示所属：'s、mine、have got\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「这是谁的？」——英语有三种办法说明东西属于谁。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n方法一：**名词 + 's**，如 Tom's bag（汤姆的书包）。方法二：**名词性物主代词** mine、yours、his、hers，单独使用，后面不跟名词。方法三：**have got / have** 表示「拥有」。\n\n```text\nTom's bag（名词 + 's）\nThis bag is mine.（物主代词单独用）\nI have got a bike.（拥有）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **This is Tom's bag.** —— 这是汤姆的书包。\n- **That bike is mine.** —— 那辆自行车是我的。\n- **She has got a cute cat.** —— 她有一只可爱的猫。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ This bag is my.\n- ✅ This bag is mine.\n- 提醒：后面没有名词时要用 mine 这样的名词性物主代词，不用 my。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"这是莉莉的书：This is ___ book.\",\"options\":[\"Lily\",\"Lilys\",\"Lily's\",\"Lilies\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"人名的后面加 's 表示所属：Lily's book。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“Is this pen yours?” “No, it isn't ___.”\",\"options\":[\"my\",\"mine\",\"me\",\"I\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"后面没有名词，单独用名词性物主代词 mine。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“I have got two brothers.” 是什么意思？\",\"options\":[\"我有两个兄弟\",\"我是两个兄弟\",\"我的兄弟是两岁\",\"我想要两个兄弟\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"have got 表示「拥有」：我有两个兄弟。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n所属三招：名词 + 's、mine/yours 单独用、have got 表拥有。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "possibility",
|
||||
"title": "表示可能性：may、might、can't",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "「可能」用 may/might/could，「不可能」用 can't。",
|
||||
"md": "# 表示可能性：may、might、can't\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「他可能在图书馆」「那不可能是真的」——谈论可能性有专门的词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n对现在的事没把握，用 **may / might / could + 动词原形**表示「可能是」，其中 might 把握最小。肯定「不可能」时用 **can't**。注意 may 是动词，maybe 是副词，位置不同。\n\n```text\nmay / might / could + 原形（可能）\ncan't（不可能）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **Where is Ben? He may be in the library.** —— 本在哪儿？他可能在图书馆。\n- **Take a coat. It could get cold in the evening.** —— 带件外套，晚上可能会冷。\n- **That can't be true!** —— 那不可能是真的！\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He maybe is at home.\n- ✅ He may be at home.（或 Maybe he is at home.）\n- 提醒：may 后面直接跟动词原形；maybe 是副词，放在句首修饰整句。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"“Where's Ben?” “He ___ be in the library. I'm not sure.”\",\"options\":[\"must\",\"can't\",\"has to\",\"might\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"不确定时用 might be：他可能在图书馆。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"那个故事 ___ 是真的！没有人能活两百岁。\",\"options\":[\"can't\",\"might\",\"may\",\"could\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"肯定「不可能」用 can't be。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"下面哪句是正确的？\",\"options\":[\"He maybe is at home.\",\"He may be at home.\",\"He may is at home.\",\"He maybe at home.\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"may 是情态动词，后面跟动词原形 be：He may be at home。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n可能用 may/might/could + 原形，不可能用 can't；maybe 是副词别混用。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "defining-relative-clauses",
|
||||
"title": "限定性定语从句：who、which、that",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "限定性定语从句：指人 who、指物 which、两者 that、地点 where，不加逗号。",
|
||||
"md": "# 限定性定语从句：who、which、that\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想把「什么样的」说清楚，就用定语从句给名词加关键信息。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n限定性定语从句紧跟名词，提供**不可缺少的信息**：指人用 **who**，指物用 **which**，人和物都可用 **that**，指地点用 **where**。从句**不加逗号**；关系代词在从句里做宾语时可以省略。\n\n```text\n人 + who/that 物 + which/that 地点 + where\nThe girl who sits next to me is Lily.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **The girl who sits next to me is Lily.** —— 坐在我旁边的女孩是莉莉。\n- **I like books that have funny pictures.** —— 我喜欢有有趣插图的书。\n- **This is the school where I study.** —— 这就是我上学的学校。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The girl which sits next to me is Lily.\n- ✅ The girl who sits next to me is Lily.\n- 提醒：指人用 who（或 that），which 只指物。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"The boy ___ won the race is my brother.\",\"options\":[\"which\",\"where\",\"who\",\"whose\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"指人（the boy）用 who。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I lost the book ___ you gave me.\",\"options\":[\"who\",\"where\",\"when\",\"that\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"指物（the book）用 that（或 which），这里 that 做 gave 的宾语。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：限定性定语从句和主句之间要加逗号。\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。限定性定语从句提供必要信息，不加逗号；加逗号的是非限定性定语从句。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwho 指人、which 指物、that 通用、where 指地点；限定从句不加逗号。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "articles",
|
||||
"title": "冠词：a、an、the",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "a/an 首次提及，the 特指与独一无二，泛指一类用零冠词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 冠词：a、an、the\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语名词前面常戴「小帽子」——a、an、the，什么时候戴哪顶？\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**a/an** 用于**首次提到**的可数名词单数前，表示「一个」；**元音音素前用 an**（an apple、an hour）。**the** 用于再次提到、独一无二（the sun）或双方都知道的事物。**不可数名词和复数名词泛指一类时，常不加冠词**。\n\n```text\na/an + 可数名词单数（首次）\nthe（特指、唯一） 泛指一类 → 零冠词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **I saw a bird in the tree.** —— 我看见树上有一只鸟。\n- **The sun is bright today.** —— 今天太阳很亮。\n- **She loves music.** —— 她喜欢音乐。（music 泛指，不加冠词）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I ate an apple and apple was sweet.\n- ✅ I ate an apple and the apple was sweet.\n- 提醒：第二次提到同一个苹果，要用 the。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"She is ___ honest girl.\",\"options\":[\"a\",\"the\",\"an\",\"不填\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"honest 的 h 不发音，开头是元音音素，用 an。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"___ moon is very bright tonight.\",\"options\":[\"A\",\"An\",\"不填\",\"The\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"月亮独一无二，用 the：the moon。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"第一次提到「一只猫」，说：\",\"options\":[\"the cat\",\"an cat\",\"a cat\",\"cat's\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"首次提到、可数单数、辅音音素开头，用 a cat。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\na/an 说「一个」，the 说「就是那个」，泛指一类不戴帽子。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "non-defining-relative-clauses",
|
||||
"title": "非限定性定语从句：用逗号补充信息",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "非限定性定语从句用逗号隔开补充信息，不用 that，关系代词不能省略。",
|
||||
"md": "# 非限定性定语从句：用逗号补充信息\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n名词已经认出来了，还想顺便补一句？用非限定性定语从句。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n非限定性定语从句只提供**额外补充信息**，去掉它句子仍然完整。它用**一对逗号**与主句隔开；指人用 who，指物用 which，**不能用 that**；关系代词**不能省略**。\n\n```text\n名词, who/which + 补充信息, …\nMy mum, who can cook very well, is a doctor.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **My mum, who can cook very well, is a doctor.** —— 我妈妈是医生，她做饭很好吃。\n- **This cake, which Dad made, is delicious.** —— 这块蛋糕是爸爸做的，很好吃。\n- **Beijing, where we live, is a big city.** —— 我们居住的北京是个大城市。\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ My mum, that can cook very well, is a doctor.\n- ✅ My mum, who can cook very well, is a doctor.\n- 提醒：逗号后面的非限定从句不能用 that。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"非限定性定语从句和主句之间用什么隔开？\",\"options\":[\"句号\",\"逗号\",\"问号\",\"不用标点\"],\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"非限定性定语从句用一对逗号与主句隔开。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"My dog, ___ is three years old, loves balls.\",\"options\":[\"that\",\"who\",\"what\",\"which\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"指物（my dog 作为动物）在非限定从句里用 which，不能用 that。\"},{\"type\":\"judge\",\"stem\":\"判断对错：非限定性定语从句里的关系代词可以省略。\",\"answer\":1,\"explain\":\"错。非限定性定语从句的关系代词不能省略，也不能换成 that。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n非限定从句 = 逗号 + who/which 补充信息；不用 that，不能省略。"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "articles-overview",
|
||||
"title": "冠词总览：a、the 和零冠词",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "a/an 是「随便一个」，the 是「就是那个」，零冠词是「泛指一类」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 冠词总览：a、the 和零冠词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n冠词的用法一课收尾：三顶帽子，各管一摊。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**a/an 表泛指**——许多中的随便一个；**the 表特指**——双方都知道的、独一无二的或刚提过的那个；**零冠词**用于复数名词和不可数名词**泛指一类**，也用于三餐、球类运动等固定场合（play basketball、at night）。\n\n```text\na/an = 泛指一个 the = 特指那个\n复数/不可数泛指一类 → 零冠词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n- **A dog makes a good pet.** —— 狗是不错的宠物。（泛指任何一只）\n- **The dog next door barks all night.** —— 隔壁那只狗整晚叫。（特指那只）\n- **Dogs are friendly animals.** —— 狗是友好的动物。（泛指一类，零冠词）\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I like the dogs.（泛指狗这一类）\n- ✅ I like dogs.\n- 提醒：泛指一类动物用复数 + 零冠词，不加 the。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做完下面的题，点「提交答案」马上看结果。\n\n```quiz\n{\"questions\":[{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"___ cats like fish.（泛指猫这一类）\",\"options\":[\"不填\",\"A\",\"An\",\"The\"],\"answer\":0,\"explain\":\"复数名词泛指一类用零冠词：Cats like fish。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"Please close ___ door.（房间里那扇门，特指）\",\"options\":[\"a\",\"an\",\"the\",\"不填\"],\"answer\":2,\"explain\":\"双方都知道是哪扇门，特指用 the。\"},{\"type\":\"choice\",\"stem\":\"I play ___ basketball after school.\",\"options\":[\"a\",\"an\",\"the\",\"不填\"],\"answer\":3,\"explain\":\"球类运动前用零冠词：play basketball。\"}]}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n冠词三档：a/an 随便一个，the 就是那个，零冠词泛指一类。"
|
||||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "other-relative-structures",
|
||||
"title": "其他关系结构：where / when / whose / what",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "where 引地点、when 引时间、whose 表所属、what 等于 the thing(s) that；从句一律用陈述语序。",
|
||||
"md": "# 其他关系结构：where / when / whose / what\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n除了 who / which，还有一些关系词能把句子连起来，这一课认识它们。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**where** 引出地点，**when** 引出时间，**whose** 表示「谁的」，**what** 等于 the thing(s) that（……的东西）。注意：这些词后面的从句用**陈述语序**，不能像疑问句那样倒装。\n\n```text\n名词 + where/when/whose + 从句（陈述语序）\nwhat + 从句 = the thing(s) that …\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| This is the town where I grew up. | 这是我长大的小镇。 |\n| I remember the day when we first met. | 我记得我们初次见面的那一天。 |\n| The girl whose bag was lost is crying. | 丢了书包的那个女孩在哭。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I don't know where is he.\n- ✅ I don't know where he is.\n- 提醒：where 引导的从句不倒装，主语在前、动词在后。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个关系词用来引出「地点」？\", \"options\": [\"where\", \"when\", \"whose\", \"what\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"where 引地点，when 引时间，whose 表所属，what 指「……的东西」。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"填空：Tell me ______ you want.（告诉我你想要什么。）\", \"options\": [\"what\", \"where\", \"whose\", \"when\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"what 等于 the thing that，作 want 的宾语：Tell me what you want.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"I don't know where is he.\", \"I don't know where he is.\", \"I don't know where does he.\", \"I don't know where he does.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"where 后面的从句用陈述语序 he is，不能写成疑问语序 is he。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwhere 表地点、when 表时间、whose 表「谁的」、what = 「……的东西」；从句永远用陈述语序。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "this-that-these-those",
|
||||
"title": "This / that / these / those：指示词",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "this / these 指近处，that / those 指远处；this / that 接单数或不可数名词，these / those 接复数名词。",
|
||||
"md": "# This / that / these / those：指示词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想指东西说「这个、那个」，就靠这四个词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**this（这个）/ these（这些）**指近处的东西；**that（那个）/ those（那些）**指远处的东西。this / that 后面接**单数名词或不可数名词**；these / those 后面接**复数名词**。\n\n```text\n近：this + 单数 / 不可数 these + 复数\n远：that + 单数 / 不可数 those + 复数\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| This is my book. | 这是我的书。 |\n| Those birds are far away. | 那些鸟在很远的地方。 |\n| These cookies are yummy. | 这些饼干很好吃。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ These water is cold.\n- ✅ This water is cold.\n- 提醒：不可数名词（water）只能用 this / that，不能用 these / those。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"指「近处的一个东西」，用哪个词？\", \"options\": [\"this\", \"that\", \"these\", \"those\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"近处单数用 this；远处单数用 that；复数用 these / those。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"手里的饼干很好吃：______ cookies are yummy.\", \"options\": [\"This\", \"That\", \"These\", \"Those\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"cookies 是复数，又在近处（手里），所以用 these。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"These milk is hot.\", \"This milk is hot.\", \"Those milk are hot.\", \"This milks are hot.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"milk 是不可数名词，只能用 this / that，动词用单数 is。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n近处 this / these，远处 that / those；单数和不可数配 this / that，复数配 these / those。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "question-words-with-ever",
|
||||
"title": "疑问词 + ever：whatever / whenever",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "疑问词加 -ever 表示「无论……、随便哪个」；whenever 意为「每次」，however + 形容词表示「无论多么」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 疑问词 + ever：whatever / whenever\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n给疑问词加上小尾巴 -ever，意思立刻变成「无论……」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\nwhat / who / which / when / how 加 **-ever**，表示「无论什么 / 谁 / 哪个 / 何时、随便哪个」。**whenever** 还可以表示「每次」；**however + 形容词**表示「无论多么……」。\n\n```text\nwhatever = 无论什么 whoever = 无论谁\nwhenever = 每当 / 无论何时\nhowever + 形容词 = 无论多么……\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Take whatever you like. | 你喜欢什么就拿什么。 |\n| Whenever I see him, he is smiling. | 每次我见到他，他都在笑。 |\n| However hard I try, I can't win. | 无论我多努力，都赢不了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ However I am tired, I'll finish the work.\n- ✅ However tired I am, I'll finish the work.\n- 提醒：however 表「无论多么」时，形容词必须紧跟在 however 后面。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Take ______ you like.（喜欢什么随便拿。）\", \"options\": [\"whatever\", \"whoever\", \"wherever\", \"whenever\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"拿的是「东西」，所以用 whatever（无论什么）。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"whenever 的意思是？\", \"options\": [\"从不\", \"每次 / 无论何时\", \"有时\", \"只一次\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"whenever 表示「每当、无论何时」，相当于 every time。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"However tired I am, I'll finish.\", \"However I am tired, I'll finish.\", \"However am I tired, I'll finish.\", \"However I tired am, I'll finish.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"however + 形容词要紧挨着：However tired I am, …（无论我多累）。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n疑问词 + ever = 「无论……」；whenever = 每次；however + 形容词 = 无论多么。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "no-none",
|
||||
"title": "no 和 none：一个都没有",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "no 直接加名词（= not any，语气更强）；none 代替「no + 名词」，可单独使用；none of 接代词或带限定词的名词。",
|
||||
"md": "# no 和 none：一个都没有\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想说「没有」，no 和 none 分工不同。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**no** 后面直接加名词，意思等于 not any，但语气更强。**none** 用来代替「no + 名词」，可以单独使用；**none of** 用在代词或带 the / my 等限定词的名词前。\n\n```text\nno + 名词（不可数 / 复数）\nnone（单独用）/ none of + 代词 / the, my… + 名词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| There is no milk left. | 牛奶一点也没剩下。 |\n| I have no questions. | 我没有问题。 |\n| None of my friends likes coffee. | 我的朋友里没有一个人喜欢咖啡。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I have none money.\n- ✅ I have no money.\n- 提醒：none 不能直接修饰名词，修饰名词要用 no。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I have ______ questions.（我没有问题。）\", \"options\": [\"no\", \"none\", \"not\", \"any\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"questions 是名词，前面用 no；none 不能直接接名词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"None of my friends likes coffee.\", \"No of my friends likes coffee.\", \"None my friends likes coffee.\", \"My none friends likes coffee.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"表示「……之中没有一个」用 none of + 名词 / 代词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"I have none money.\", \"I have no money.\", \"I have not money.\", \"I no have money.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"no 直接加名词：no money；none 单独使用，不接名词。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nno 加名词，none 代替名词；「……中没有一个」用 none of。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "there",
|
||||
"title": "There is / There are：表示「有」",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "there is + 单数或不可数，there are + 复数；过去式用 was / were，将来用 will be。",
|
||||
"md": "# There is / There are：表示「有」\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想说「某处有某物」，用 there + be 开头。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**there is** 接单数或不可数名词，**there are** 接复数名词。过去式用 there was / there were，将来用 there will be。be 的形式跟着后面的名词走。\n\n```text\nThere is + 单数 / 不可数名词\nThere are + 复数名词\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| There is a cat on the sofa. | 沙发上有一只猫。 |\n| There are two cups on the table. | 桌上有两个杯子。 |\n| There was a big tree here before. | 这里以前有一棵大树。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ There are a book on the desk.\n- ✅ There is a book on the desk.\n- 提醒：a book 是单数，be 动词要用 is。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"There ______ three apples in the bag.\", \"options\": [\"is\", \"are\", \"am\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"three apples 是复数，用 there are。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"There ______ some water in the glass.\", \"options\": [\"is\", \"are\", \"am\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"water 是不可数名词，用 there is。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"There is many birds.\", \"There are many birds.\", \"There are much birds.\", \"There be many birds.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"birds 是复数，用 there are；many 修饰可数名词复数。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n单数、不可数配 there is，复数配 there are；时态变了 be 跟着变。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "each-every",
|
||||
"title": "each 和 every：每一个",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "each 和 every 都接单数名词，表示「每一个」；each 强调个体、可用于两者，every 强调整体、不能只用于两者。",
|
||||
"md": "# each 和 every：每一个\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「每一个」有两种说法，侧重不一样。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**each** 和 **every** 后面都接**单数名词**，都表示「每一个」。**each** 一个一个地看，可以用于**两个**；**every** 把整组看成一个整体，**不能只用于两个**。\n\n```text\neach + 单数名词（一个个看，可以是两个）\nevery + 单数名词（整体看，至少三个）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Each student has a book. | 每个学生都有一本书。 |\n| She goes to the park every day. | 她每天都去公园。 |\n| He has a ring on each finger. | 他每个手指上都有一个戒指。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She has two cats. Every cat is black.\n- ✅ She has two cats. Each cat is black.\n- 提醒：只有两个的时候用 each，不能用 every。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"她有两双手。______ hand holds a toy.（每只手拿着一个玩具。）\", \"options\": [\"Each\", \"Every\", \"All\", \"Many\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"只有两只手，表示「每一只」用 each；every 不能用于两者。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"every 后面接什么？\", \"options\": [\"单数名词\", \"复数名词\", \"只能接不可数名词\", \"不能接名词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"every 后面接单数名词，如 every day、every student。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"Every students has a pen.\", \"Each student has a pen.\", \"Each of student has a pen.\", \"Every of students has a pen.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"each / every 直接接单数名词：Each student has a pen.\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\neach 一个个数、能管两个；every 看整体、至少三个；两者后都接单数名词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "introductory-it",
|
||||
"title": "引导词 it：「占位」主语",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "说时间、天气、日期、距离时用 it 当形式主语；It is + 形容词 + to do 也是常用结构。",
|
||||
"md": "# 引导词 it：「占位」主语\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n英语句子不能没有主语，找不到主语时请 it 来「占位」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n说**时间、日期、天气、距离**时，英语用 **it** 当主语，它没有具体意思，只是占个位置。还有一个常用结构：**It is + 形容词 + to do**，表示「做某事怎么样」。\n\n```text\nIt is + 时间 / 天气 / 距离…\nIt is + 形容词 + to do …\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| It is raining today. | 今天在下雨。 |\n| It's eight o'clock. | 现在八点钟。 |\n| It is fun to play football. | 踢足球很有趣。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Is raining today.\n- ✅ It is raining today.\n- 提醒：英语句子必须有主语，这里的 it 不能省略。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"Is sunny today.\", \"It is sunny today.\", \"Sunny is today.\", \"Today is it sunny.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"说天气要用 it 当主语：It is sunny today.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"______ is fun to swim in summer.\", \"options\": [\"It\", \"That\", \"There\", \"What\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"It is + 形容词 + to do：It is fun to swim in summer.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"It is 9 o'clock. 这句里的 it 指什么？\", \"options\": [\"时间\", \"人\", \"东西\", \"地点\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"这里的 it 是占位主语，用来说时间，没有具体所指。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n时间、天气、日期、距离请 it 占位；It is + 形容词 + to do 说「做某事怎么样」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "either-neither-both",
|
||||
"title": "either / neither / both：两个的选择题",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "either = 两者之一，neither = 两者都不，both = 两者都；either / neither 接单数名词，both 接复数名词。",
|
||||
"md": "# either / neither / both：两个的选择题\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n只有两个选项时，这三个词把话说清楚。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**either** 表示「两者之一（哪个都行）」，**neither** 表示「两者都不」，两者后都接**单数名词**。**both** 表示「两者都」，后面接**复数名词**。\n\n```text\neither + 单数名词（任一）\nneither + 单数名词（都不）\nboth + 复数名词（都）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Either day is fine for me. | （两天中）哪一天我都可以。 |\n| Neither answer is correct. | 两个答案都不对。 |\n| Both sisters are doctors. | 姐妹俩都是医生。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Both answer is correct.\n- ✅ Both answers are correct.\n- 提醒：both 后面要接复数名词，动词也用复数。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Take either road. 是什么意思？\", \"options\": [\"两条路随便走哪条\", \"两条路都要走\", \"两条路都不能走\", \"只能走第三条路\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"either 表示「两者之一」，走哪一条都可以。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"表示「两个都不」用哪个词？\", \"options\": [\"Either\", \"Neither\", \"Both\", \"Each\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"neither = not one and not the other，两个都不。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"Both sister is a doctor.\", \"Both sisters are doctors.\", \"Both of sister are doctors.\", \"Both sister are doctor.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"both 接复数名词 sisters，动词用 are。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\neither 选一、neither 全否、both 全要；either / neither 接单数，both 接复数。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "shifting-focus",
|
||||
"title": "转移焦点：It is … that 强调句",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "用 It is / was + 被强调部分 + that … 突出焦点；也可用 What … is 结构或把成分提前。",
|
||||
"md": "# 转移焦点：It is … that 强调句\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想让听者注意句子里的某一部分？把它「打灯」强调出来。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n最常用的强调结构：**It is / was + 被强调部分 + that / who + 其余部分**。还可以用 **What … is / was** 结构强调想要、喜欢的东西，或直接把宾语提到句首。\n\n```text\nIt is / was + 强调部分 + that / who + 其余\nWhat + 从句 + is / was + 强调部分\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| It was Tom who broke the window. | 打破窗户的是汤姆。 |\n| What I need is a good sleep. | 我需要的是好好睡一觉。 |\n| It is music that makes me happy. | 让我开心的是音乐。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ It was broke the window Tom.\n- ✅ It was Tom who broke the window.\n- 提醒：被强调的部分放在 It is / was 之后，其余部分放在 that / who 之后，顺序不能乱。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"强调「是汤姆打破了窗户」，正确的是？\", \"options\": [\"It was Tom who broke the window.\", \"It was broke the window Tom.\", \"Who Tom was broke the window.\", \"It Tom was broke the window.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"强调人用 It was + 人 + who + 其余：It was Tom who broke the window.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是 What 强调句？\", \"options\": [\"What I need is sleep.\", \"I what need is sleep.\", \"What need I is sleep.\", \"Is what I need sleep.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"What 从句在前，is 之后放强调的内容：What I need is sleep.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"It is … that … 结构可以强调什么？\", \"options\": [\"句中想强调的部分\", \"只能强调时间\", \"只能强调人\", \"只能强调动词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"人、物、时间、地点等成分都可以放进 It is … that … 里强调。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nIt is / was + 焦点 + that / who 给信息「打灯」；What … is 也能强调。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "singular-and-plural-nouns",
|
||||
"title": "名词单复数：一个和许多",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "多数名词加 -s 变复数；以 s / x / z / ch / sh 结尾加 -es；还有 man → men 这类不规则变化。",
|
||||
"md": "# 名词单复数：一个和许多\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n一个用单数，许多用复数，英语名词要「变形」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n多数名词变复数直接加 **-s**；以 **-s / -x / -z / -ch / -sh** 结尾的名词加 **-es**。还有一些不规则变化要单独记，比如 man → men、child → children。\n\n```text\n一般：+ s（dog → dogs）\ns / x / z / ch / sh 结尾：+ es（box → boxes）\n不规则：child → children, man → men\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| one dog → two dogs | 一只狗 → 两只狗 |\n| one box → three boxes | 一个盒子 → 三个盒子 |\n| one child → two children | 一个孩子 → 两个孩子 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ two childs\n- ✅ two children\n- 提醒：child 的复数是不规则的 children，不是加 -s。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"box 的复数是？\", \"options\": [\"boxs\", \"boxes\", \"boxies\", \"box\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"box 以 -x 结尾，复数加 -es：boxes。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"child 的复数是？\", \"options\": [\"childs\", \"childes\", \"children\", \"childrens\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"child → children，是不规则复数。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"bus 的复数是？\", \"options\": [\"buses\", \"bus\", \"buss\", \"busies\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"bus 以 -s 结尾，复数加 -es：buses。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n一般加 -s，s / x / z / ch / sh 结尾加 -es，不规则的单独记。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "inversion",
|
||||
"title": "倒装：动词跑到主语前",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "倒装把主语和助动词换位，用于强调或附和；附和肯定用 So + 助动词 + I，附和否定用 Neither + 助动词 + I。",
|
||||
"md": "# 倒装：动词跑到主语前\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n平时「主语在前、动词在后」，有时故意反过来，这就是倒装。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n倒装就是**把主语和助动词（或 be）换个位置**。最常见的两种：① never before、no sooner 等词放句首时倒装，表示强调；② 附和别人时用 **So + 助动词 + 主语**（肯定）、**Neither + 助动词 + 主语**（否定）。\n\n```text\n「我也是」：So + 助动词 / be + I\n「我也不是」：Neither + 助动词 / be + I\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| \"I love music.\" \"So do I.\" | 「我爱音乐。」「我也是。」 |\n| \"I can't swim.\" \"Neither can I.\" | 「我不会游泳。」「我也不会。」 |\n| No sooner had I sat down than the phone rang. | 我刚一坐下，电话就响了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ \"I like cats.\" \"So I do.\"\n- ✅ \"I like cats.\" \"So do I.\"\n- 提醒：表示「我也是」要倒装成 So do I；So I do 的意思是「我确实如此」，用法不同。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「I like cats.」想附和「我也是」，说：\", \"options\": [\"So do I.\", \"So I do.\", \"So like I.\", \"So I like.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"附和肯定句用 So + 助动词 + 主语：So do I.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「I can't dance.」想附和「我也不会」，说：\", \"options\": [\"Neither can I.\", \"Neither I can.\", \"Neither do I can.\", \"I neither can.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"附和否定句用 Neither + 助动词 + 主语：Neither can I.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"倒装是把什么换位？\", \"options\": [\"主语和助动词 / be\", \"宾语和动词\", \"形容词和名词\", \"介词和名词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"倒装就是把主语和助动词（或 be 动词）交换位置。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n倒装 = 主语和助动词换位；「我也是」So do I，「我也不会」Neither can I。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "countable-and-uncountable-nouns",
|
||||
"title": "可数名词与不可数名词",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "可数名词能直接数、用 a / an / 数字；不可数名词无复数、动词用单数；要数不可数的东西用「容器 + of」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 可数名词与不可数名词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\napple 能一个一个数，water 却数不清——名词分两派。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**可数名词**可以直接加 a / an 或数字，有复数。**不可数名词**（water、rice、music 等）没有复数，动词用**单数**，也不能直接加 a / an；想数它们要借「容器」：**a glass of water**。提问时 **how many** 问可数，**how much** 问不可数。\n\n```text\n可数：a / an / 数字 + 名词，有复数\n不可数：无复数 + 单数动词；a cup / glass of …\nhow many + 可数复数 how much + 不可数\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I'd like an apple. | 我想要一个苹果。 |\n| Can I have some water? | 能给我一些水吗？ |\n| How much milk is there? | 还有多少牛奶？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I want two waters.\n- ✅ I want two glasses of water.\n- 提醒：water 不可数，要借杯子来数：two glasses of water。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个是不可数名词？\", \"options\": [\"apple\", \"music\", \"book\", \"cup\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"music（音乐）数不清，是不可数名词；apple、book、cup 都可以数。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「一杯茶」怎么说？\", \"options\": [\"a cup of tea\", \"a tea of cup\", \"cup tea\", \"tea cup of\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"不可数名词借容器来数：a cup of tea。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"How ______ milk is there?\", \"options\": [\"much\", \"many\", \"any\", \"some\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"milk 是不可数名词，问数量用 how much；可数名词才用 how many。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n可数的直接数，不可数的借容器；how many 问可数，how much 问不可数。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "ellipsis",
|
||||
"title": "省略：能省就省更地道",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "and / but / or 连接时可以省掉重复的主语或动词；对话里也可按语境省词；其他连词后一般不省。",
|
||||
"md": "# 省略：能省就省更地道\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n说过的词不必再说一遍，省略让句子更干净。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n用 **and / but / or** 连接时，可以省掉重复的主语或动词。对话里只要意思清楚，也可以直接省掉开头几个词。注意：**because** 等其他连词后面一般**不能**省略主语和动词。\n\n```text\nand / but / or 后：省掉重复的主语 / 动词\n对话中：意思清楚就能省\nbecause / although 等后：不能省\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| He opened the door and walked in. | 他打开门走了进来。（省略第二个 he） |\n| She can sing and dance. | 她会唱歌也会跳舞。（省略 she can） |\n| \"Are you tired?\" \"A little.\" | 「你累吗？」「有一点。」 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I stayed home because tired.\n- ✅ I stayed home because I was tired.\n- 提醒：because 后面的主语和动词不能省。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She can sing and dance. 这句省略了什么？\", \"options\": [\"重复的主语和动词\", \"宾语\", \"介词\", \"冠词\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"完整形式是 She can sing and she can dance，and 后面省掉了重复的 she can。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪组连词后面通常可以省略重复成分？\", \"options\": [\"and / but / or\", \"because / although\", \"before / after\", \"if / when\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"并列连词 and、but、or 后面常省略重复的词；从属连词后一般不省。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"I stayed home because tired.\", \"I stayed home because I was tired.\", \"I stayed home because was tired.\", \"I stayed home because I tired.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"because 引导的从句要有完整的主语和动词：because I was tired。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nand / but / or 后可省重复词，对话里意思清楚就能省，because 后面不能省。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "subject-verb-agreement",
|
||||
"title": "主谓一致：主语动词要对上",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "动词要跟主语的单复数一致：and 连接的主体用复数动词；不可数名词和「中心词」决定单复数。",
|
||||
"md": "# 主谓一致：主语动词要对上\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n主语是单数，动词就用单数形式——这叫「对上号」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n动词必须和主语的**单复数一致**：单数主语配 is / has / 动词-s，复数主语配 are / have / 动词原形。注意两点：**and** 连接两个主体时通常用**复数动词**；「A of B」结构要看**中心词 A** 是单数还是复数；不可数名词永远用单数动词。\n\n```text\n单数主语 + is / has / 动词-s\n复数主语 + are / have / 动词原形\nA of B：看 A 的单复数\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| The dog is cute. | 这只狗很可爱。 |\n| Tom and Jerry are friends. | 汤姆和杰瑞是朋友。 |\n| The box of toys is heavy. | 那箱玩具很重。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The list of names are long.\n- ✅ The list of names is long.\n- 提醒：中心词是 list（单数），of names 只是补充说明，动词用 is。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Tom and Jerry ______ good friends.\", \"options\": [\"is\", \"are\", \"am\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"and 连接两个人，主语是复数，用 are。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Milk ______ good for you.\", \"options\": [\"are\", \"is\", \"were\", \"be\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"milk 是不可数名词，动词用单数 is。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The box of toys ______ heavy.\", \"options\": [\"are\", \"is\", \"were\", \"am\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"中心词是 box（单数），toys 只是补充，所以用 is。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n动词看主语：and 连接变复数，「A of B」看 A，不可数用单数。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "shortening-infinitives",
|
||||
"title": "不定式缩短：只留一个 to",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "避免重复时可只保留 to；原不定式是 be 时保留 to be；want / would like 后一般不省 to。",
|
||||
"md": "# 不定式缩短：只留一个 to\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n回答时不必把整个 to do 重复一遍，留个 to 就够了。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n别人提到过的不定式，回答时可以**只保留 to**，如「I forgot to.」。如果原来的不定式是 **be**，要保留 **to be**。注意：**want / would like** 后面一般**不省略 to**，要说 I want to.\n\n```text\n省略重复：保留 to（I'd love to.）\n原来是 be：保留 to be\nwant / would like：不省 to\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Did you call him? I forgot to. | 你给他打电话了吗？我忘了（打）。 |\n| Would you like to come? I'd love to. | 你想来吗？我很乐意。 |\n| She isn't angry, but she seems to be. | 她没生气，但看起来像是生气了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Would you like to come? — I'd love.\n- ✅ Would you like to come? — I'd love to.\n- 提醒：would like 后面回答时要保留 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Did you finish your homework? — I forgot ______.\", \"options\": [\"to\", \"it\", \"do\", \"doing\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"省略重复的不定式，只保留 to：I forgot to.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Would you like to come? — I'd love ______.\", \"options\": [\"to\", \"it\", \"come\", \"coming\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"would like 的回答保留 to：I'd love to.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"如果原来的不定式是 be，缩短时怎么办？\", \"options\": [\"只留 to\", \"保留 to be\", \"只留 be\", \"全部省略\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"原不定式是 be 时要保留 to be，如 She seems to be.\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n重复的不定式只留 to；原来是 be 就留 to be；want / would like 不省 to。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "abstract-and-concrete-nouns",
|
||||
"title": "抽象名词与具体名词",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "具体名词看得见摸得着，抽象名词是想法和感觉；抽象名词大多不可数。",
|
||||
"md": "# 抽象名词与具体名词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\nbook 拿在手里，love 放在心里——名词也分「实」和「虚」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**具体名词**是看得见、摸得着的东西（book、cat）。**抽象名词**是想法、感情、品质（love、knowledge、happiness）。大多数抽象名词是**不可数**的，不能加 a，也没有复数。\n\n```text\n具体名词：看得见摸得着（可数居多）\n抽象名词：想法 / 感觉（多不可数）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I can hold a book. | 我能拿着一本书。（具体） |\n| Knowledge is power. | 知识就是力量。（抽象） |\n| She showed great kindness. | 她表现出极大的善意。（抽象） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I have many homework.\n- ✅ I have a lot of homework.\n- 提醒：homework 是抽象名词，不可数，不能说 many homework 或 homeworks。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个是抽象名词？\", \"options\": [\"table\", \"happiness\", \"apple\", \"phone\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"happiness（幸福）是一种感觉，看不见摸不着，是抽象名词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"knowledge 一般是？\", \"options\": [\"可数名词\", \"不可数名词\", \"复数名词\", \"动词\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"knowledge 是不可数的抽象名词，不说 a knowledge 或 knowledges。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"I have many homework.\", \"I have a lot of homework.\", \"I have two homeworks.\", \"I have homeworks.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"homework 不可数，用 a lot of 修饰，不加复数。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n具体名词摸得着，抽象名词是想法和感觉；抽象名词大多不可数。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "substitution",
|
||||
"title": "替代：one / do / so 来帮忙",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "one 替代单数可数名词、some 替代不可数名词、do 替代动词、so 替代整个从句，避免重复。",
|
||||
"md": "# 替代：one / do / so 来帮忙\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n不想重复说同一个词？请「替身」出场。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n用短词代替前面说过的内容：**one / ones** 替代可数名词，**some** 替代不可数名词或不确定的复数，**do / did** 替代动词，**so** 替代整个从句（如 I think so）。\n\n```text\none / ones → 可数名词\nsome → 不可数名词\ndo / did → 动词\nso → 一个从句（I think so）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I need a pencil. Do you have one? | 我需要一支铅笔，你有吗？ |\n| Who broke the cup? Tom did. | 谁打碎了杯子？汤姆（打碎的）。 |\n| Will it rain? I think so. | 会下雨吗？我想会的。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Will he come? I think it.\n- ✅ Will he come? I think so.\n- 提醒：替代「会来」这整个说法，用 so，不用 it。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I need a pencil. Do you have ______?\", \"options\": [\"one\", \"ones\", \"some\", \"do\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"a pencil 是单数可数名词，用 one 替代。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Will he come? I think ______.\", \"options\": [\"so\", \"it\", \"do\", \"one\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"替代「他会来」这个说法用 so：I think so.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"Who broke the cup? Tom ______.\", \"options\": [\"did\", \"do\", \"so\", \"one\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"did 替代过去式的动词 broke：Tom did.\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\none 替名词、do 替动词、so 替从句，说话不啰嗦。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "compound-nouns",
|
||||
"title": "复合名词：两个词变一个",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "两个名词合成一个新词，前一个名词通常用单数；变复数只变最后一个名词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 复合名词：两个词变一个\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\ntooth（牙齿）+ brush（刷子）= toothbrush（牙刷），两个词拼出一个新意思。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n两个名词合在一起变成一个新东西，就是**复合名词**。前面的名词起「形容」作用，通常用**单数**（picture book 而不是 pictures book）。变复数时只把**最后一个名词**变复数。\n\n```text\n名词 + 名词 → 新东西（前面用单数）\n变复数：只变最后一个（bus stop → bus stops）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| a picture book | 一本图画书 |\n| a bus stop | 一个公交车站 |\n| two toothbrushes | 两支牙刷 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ a books shop\n- ✅ a bookshop\n- 提醒：前面的名词用单数 book，不加 s。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"「牙刷」的正确写法是？\", \"options\": [\"toothbrush\", \"teethbrush\", \"toothsbrush\", \"teeth brush\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"复合名词前面的名词用单数：tooth + brush = toothbrush。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"bus stop 的复数是？\", \"options\": [\"bus stops\", \"buses stops\", \"bus stop\", \"buses stop\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"只把最后一个名词变复数：bus stops。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"复合名词里，前面的名词通常是什么形式？\", \"options\": [\"单数\", \"复数\", \"-ing 形式\", \"过去式\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"前面的名词通常用单数，如 picture book、bus stop。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n名词 + 名词 = 新东西；前面的名词用单数，复数只变最后一个。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "adjectives",
|
||||
"title": "形容词：给名词化妆",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "形容词描述名词，通常放在名词前，也可放在 be 动词后；形容词没有单复数变化。",
|
||||
"md": "# 形容词：给名词化妆\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n想让名词更生动？给它加个形容词「化妆」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n形容词描述名词的样子（大小、颜色、心情等），通常放在**名词前面**，也可以放在 **be 动词后面**。英语形容词**没有变化**：不加复数 s，也不分男女。\n\n```text\n形容词 + 名词（a big dog）\n主语 + be + 形容词（She is happy.）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| a big dog | 一只大狗 |\n| She is happy. | 她很开心。 |\n| two small red apples | 两个红色的小苹果 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ two bigs dogs\n- ✅ two big dogs\n- 提醒：形容词永远不加复数 s。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一个是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"a reds apple\", \"a red apple\", \"an red apple\", \"apple red\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"形容词放在名词前且不变形：a red apple。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"在 a cute cat 里，cute 是什么词？\", \"options\": [\"名词\", \"形容词\", \"动词\", \"副词\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"cute（可爱的）描述 cat，是形容词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一个是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"two bigs dogs\", \"two big dogs\", \"two big dog\", \"two dogs big\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"形容词不加 s，名词要变复数：two big dogs。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n形容词放名词前或 be 动词后；它不变形，永远不加 s。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "numbers",
|
||||
"title": "数字：基数词与序数词",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "基数词数数量（one, two），序数词排顺序（first, second）；日期常用序数词。",
|
||||
"md": "# 数字：基数词与序数词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n数「有几个」和排「第几名」，用的是两套词。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**基数词**用来数数量：one, two, three…**序数词**用来排顺序：first（第 1）、second（第 2）、third（第 3）…，前面常加 the。说**日期**时也用序数词。\n\n```text\n基数词：one, two, three…（几个）\n序数词：the first, the second…（第几）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I have three cats. | 我有三只猫。 |\n| She came first in the race. | 她比赛得了第一。 |\n| My birthday is on May 2nd. | 我的生日在 5 月 2 日。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ We live on the three floor.\n- ✅ We live on the third floor.\n- 提醒：表示「第几层」要用序数词 the third。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个是序数词？\", \"options\": [\"three\", \"third\", \"thirteen\", \"thirty\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"third（第三）是序数词；three 是基数词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"We live on the ______ floor.（我们住在五楼。）\", \"options\": [\"five\", \"fifth\", \"fiveth\", \"fivth\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"「第几层」用序数词：the fifth floor。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"2nd 怎么读？\", \"options\": [\"second\", \"twoth\", \"twond\", \"two\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"2nd = second（第二）。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n基数词数「几个」，序数词排「第几」；日期用序数词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "gradable-and-non-gradable-adjectives",
|
||||
"title": "可分级与不可分级形容词",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "可分级形容词（hot, tired）用 very / a bit 修饰；不可分级形容词（perfect, dead）用 absolutely 等；really 两者都能配。",
|
||||
"md": "# 可分级与不可分级形容词\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\nhot 可以「有点热、非常热」，但 perfect 没有「有点完美」——形容词分两类。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**可分级形容词**（hot、tired）有程度高低，用 **very、a bit** 等修饰。**不可分级形容词**（perfect、dead、exhausted）本身已是「顶点」，用 **absolutely、completely** 等修饰。**really** 两类都能用。\n\n```text\n可分级：very / a bit + hot, tired…\n不可分级：absolutely / completely + perfect, dead…\n通用：really + 两类都行\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| It's very hot today. | 今天非常热。 |\n| The cake is absolutely perfect. | 这个蛋糕简直完美。 |\n| I'm really tired. | 我真的很累。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ very perfect\n- ✅ absolutely perfect\n- 提醒：perfect 是「顶点」形容词，不用 very，用 absolutely。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个搭配是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"very dead\", \"absolutely perfect\", \"a bit perfect\", \"very perfect\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"perfect 是不可分级形容词，用 absolutely 修饰。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个形容词可以用 very 修饰？\", \"options\": [\"dead\", \"hot\", \"perfect\", \"impossible\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"hot 有程度高低，可以说 very hot；dead、perfect、impossible 都是「顶点」词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个词两类形容词都能修饰？\", \"options\": [\"really\", \"absolutely\", \"completely\", \"slightly\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"really 既可说 really hot，也可说 really perfect。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n有程度的用 very，到顶的用 absolutely，really 两边都能搭。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "comparative-adjectives",
|
||||
"title": "比较级形容词：-er 与 more",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "两者比较：短词加 -er + than，长词用 more + 形容词 + than；good → better 不规则。",
|
||||
"md": "# 比较级形容词：-er 与 more\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n两个人比一比，形容词要穿上「比较装」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n比较两个东西：**短形容词加 -er**，后面用 **than** 引出比较对象；**长形容词用 more**（或 less）。别忘了不规则：good → better、bad → worse。\n\n```text\n短词 + -er + than（taller than）\nmore / less + 长词 + than\ngood → better, bad → worse\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Tom is taller than Ben. | 汤姆比本高。 |\n| English is more interesting than math. | 英语比数学有趣。 |\n| Today is better than yesterday. | 今天比昨天好。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She is more taller than me.\n- ✅ She is taller than me.\n- 提醒：-er 和 more 只能选一个，不能同时用。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"My bag is ______ than yours.\", \"options\": [\"heavy\", \"heavier\", \"more heavy\", \"heaviest\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"heavy 是短词，变 y 为 i 加 -er：heavier。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"This film is ______ than that one.\", \"options\": [\"more good\", \"gooder\", \"better\", \"best\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"good 的比较级是不规则的 better。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"She is more taller.\", \"She is taller than me.\", \"She is tall than me.\", \"She is more tall than.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"短词加 -er，再用 than 引出对象：taller than me。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n短词 -er + than，长词 more + than；good → better 要背牢。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "linking-words-overview",
|
||||
"title": "连接词总览：and / but / because",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "并列连词（and, but, or）连接平等成分；从属连词（because, when, although）带出从句，从句可前可后。",
|
||||
"md": "# 连接词总览：and / but / because\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n连接词像胶水，把词和句子粘成更有逻辑的话。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**并列连词**（and、but、or）连接地位平等的成分；**从属连词**（because、when、although 等）引出从句，从句可以放在主句前，也可以放在主句后。注意：although 和 but **不能同时用**。\n\n```text\n并列：A and / but / or B\n从属：because / when / although + 从句（可前可后）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I like tea, but my sister likes coffee. | 我喜欢茶，但我姐姐喜欢咖啡。 |\n| We stayed inside because it rained. | 因为下雨，我们待在屋里。 |\n| Although he was tired, he finished the work. | 虽然他很累，还是完成了工作。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Although it rained, but we went out.\n- ✅ Although it rained, we went out.\n- 提醒：although 和 but 用一个就够了，不能同时出现。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个是并列连词？\", \"options\": [\"because\", \"and\", \"although\", \"when\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"and 连接平等的两部分，是并列连词；because、although、when 是从属连词。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"Although it rained, but we went out.\", \"Although it rained, we went out.\", \"But although it rained, we went out.\", \"Although but it rained, we went out.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"although 和 but 不能同时用，选 Although it rained, we went out.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"从句可以放在哪里？\", \"options\": [\"只能句首\", \"只能句尾\", \"主句前或主句后\", \"只能两个动词之间\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"从属连词引导的从句位置灵活：Because it rained, we stayed. = We stayed because it rained.\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nand / but / or 连接平等成分；because / although 带从句；although 和 but 不同框。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "two-comparatives-together",
|
||||
"title": "双比较级：越……越……",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "the + 比较级 …, the + 比较级 … 表示「越……越……」；比较级 + and + 比较级表示「越来越……」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 双比较级：越……越……\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「越练越好」「越来越冷」，英语用两个比较级来表达。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n① **the + 比较级 …, the + 比较级 …** 表示「越……越……」，讲因果变化。② **比较级 + and + 比较级**表示「越来越……」；长形容词说 **more and more + 形容词**。\n\n```text\nthe more …, the better …（越……越……）\n-er and -er / more and more + 长词（越来越……）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| The more you practice, the better you get. | 你练得越多，进步越大。 |\n| It's getting colder and colder. | 天气越来越冷了。 |\n| The city is becoming more and more crowded. | 这座城市越来越拥挤。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ The more you practice, the more better you get.\n- ✅ The more you practice, the better you get.\n- 提醒：better 本身就是比较级，前面不能再加 more。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"______ you read, ______ you know.（读得越多，懂得越多。）\", \"options\": [\"The more, the more\", \"More, more\", \"The most, the most\", \"Much, much\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"「越……越……」用 the + 比较级：The more you read, the more you know.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"It's getting ______.\", \"options\": [\"cold and cold\", \"colder and colder\", \"more cold and cold\", \"coldest and coldest\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"「越来越冷」用比较级 + and + 比较级：colder and colder。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"The bus is becoming ______.\", \"options\": [\"more and more crowded\", \"crowder and crowder\", \"more crowder\", \"most crowded\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"长形容词 crowded 用 more and more + 形容词。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nthe …, the … 说「越……越……」；-er and -er / more and more 说「越来越……」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "prefixes",
|
||||
"title": "前缀：词头的小帽子",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "前缀加在词首改变意思：un- / dis- / im- 表「不」，re- 表「再」，mis- 表「错」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 前缀：词头的小帽子\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n给单词戴顶「帽子」，意思马上变——这就是前缀。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n前缀是加在单词**开头**的几个字母。**un- / dis- / im-** 表示「不、非」（unhappy、impossible），**re-** 表示「再一次」（rewrite），**mis-** 表示「错误地」（misunderstand）。同一个词根戴上不同帽子，意思就不同。\n\n```text\nun- / dis- / im- = 不、非\nre- = 再、重新 mis- = 错误地\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I'm unhappy about the result. | 我对结果不满意。 |\n| Please rewrite your answer. | 请把你的答案重写一遍。 |\n| Sorry, I misunderstood you. | 抱歉，我误会你了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ unpossible\n- ✅ impossible\n- 提醒：不是所有词都能加 un-，possible 的否定前缀是 im-。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"前缀 un- 表示什么意思？\", \"options\": [\"不、非\", \"再、重新\", \"错误地\", \"在……之前\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"un- 表示否定：unhappy = 不开心。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"前缀 re- 表示什么意思？\", \"options\": [\"不、非\", \"再、重新\", \"错误地\", \"一起\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"re- 表示再做一次：rewrite = 重写。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一个是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"unpossible\", \"impossible\", \"inpossible\", \"dispossible\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"possible 的否定形式是 impossible，前缀用 im-。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nun- / dis- / im- 说「不」，re- 说「再」，mis- 说「错」；前缀换帽子，意思跟着变。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "as-as-comparisons",
|
||||
"title": "as … as：一样……",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "as + 形容词原级 + as 表示「和……一样」；否定用 not as / so … as；形容词用原级不用比较级。",
|
||||
"md": "# as … as：一样……\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n两个人「一样高」，不用比较级，用 as … as。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**as + 形容词原级 + as** 表示「和……一样……」，注意中间用**原级**，不加 -er。否定形式 **not as / not so … as** 表示「不如……」。\n\n```text\nas + 形容词原级 + as（和……一样）\nnot as / not so + 原级 + as（不如……）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| She is as tall as her mother. | 她和妈妈一样高。 |\n| Tom runs as fast as a deer. | 汤姆跑得像鹿一样快。 |\n| I'm not as strong as you. | 我没有你强壮。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He is as taller as his brother.\n- ✅ He is as tall as his brother.\n- 提醒：as … as 中间必须用形容词原级。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"He is as ______ as his brother.\", \"options\": [\"tall\", \"taller\", \"tallest\", \"more tall\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"as … as 中间用原级 tall。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"She is as smarter as me.\", \"She is as smart as me.\", \"She is as smart than me.\", \"She as smart as is me.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"结构是 as + 原级 + as：She is as smart as me.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"not as big as 是什么意思？\", \"options\": [\"不如……大\", \"比……大\", \"最大\", \"一样大\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"not as … as 表示「不如……」。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nas + 原级 + as = 一样……；not as … as = 不如……；中间永远是原级。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "suffixes",
|
||||
"title": "后缀：词尾的小尾巴",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "后缀加在词尾改变意思或词性：-ful「充满」、-less「没有」、-er「人」、-ly「副词」。",
|
||||
"md": "# 后缀：词尾的小尾巴\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n单词后面接条「小尾巴」，意思和词性都可能变。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n后缀加在单词**末尾**：**-ful** 表示「充满……的」（helpful），**-less** 表示「没有……的」（careless），**-er / -or** 表示「做……的人」（teacher），**-ly** 常把形容词变副词（quickly）。有些后缀还会改变词性。\n\n```text\n-ful = 充满…… -less = 没有……\n-er / -or = ……的人 -ly = 副词尾巴\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| She is very helpful. | 她很乐于助人。 |\n| Be careful! Don't be careless. | 要小心！别粗心。 |\n| My mother is a teacher. | 我妈妈是老师。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ happyness\n- ✅ happiness\n- 提醒：以「辅音字母 + y」结尾的词加后缀时，y 通常变 i 再加后缀。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"后缀 -less 表示什么？\", \"options\": [\"充满……\", \"没有……\", \"做……的人\", \"地方\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"-less 表示「没有」：careless = 粗心的（没有心思的）。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"教书的人叫什么？\", \"options\": [\"teacher\", \"teachful\", \"teachless\", \"teachment\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"-er 表示做某事的人：teach + er = teacher。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"happy 的名词形式是？\", \"options\": [\"happyness\", \"happiness\", \"happyment\", \"happiful\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"y 变 i 再加 -ness：happiness。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n前缀改意思在词头，后缀改意思也改词性在词尾；-ful / -less / -er / -ly 最常见。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "superlative-adjectives",
|
||||
"title": "最高级形容词：最……",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "the + 短词 -est 或 the most + 长词表示「最……」；good → best、bad → worst 不规则。",
|
||||
"md": "# 最高级形容词：最……\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n三个以上比一比，要选出「最」的那个。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**短形容词加 -est**，前面要有 **the**；**长形容词用 the most**（或 the least）。不规则：good → best、bad → worst。\n\n```text\nthe + 短词 -est（the tallest）\nthe most / least + 长词\ngood → best, bad → worst\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| He is the tallest in our class. | 他是我们班最高的。 |\n| This is the most interesting book. | 这是最有趣的一本书。 |\n| Summer is the best season. | 夏天是最好的季节。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She is most smartest in class.\n- ✅ She is the smartest in class.\n- 提醒：the 不能丢，-est 和 most 也不能同时用。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She is the ______ girl in class.\", \"options\": [\"smart\", \"smarter\", \"smartest\", \"most smart\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"短词 smart 加 -est：the smartest。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"This is ______ day of my life.\", \"options\": [\"the best\", \"the goodest\", \"the better\", \"best the\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"good 的最高级是不规则的 best，前面加 the。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一个是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"the most beautiful city\", \"the beautifulest city\", \"most beautiful city\", \"the beautifullest city\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"长形容词 beautiful 用 the most + 原形。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n短词 the + -est，长词 the most；good → best、bad → worst。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "easily-confused-phrases",
|
||||
"title": "易混短语：used to 三兄弟",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "used to do = 过去常常；be used to doing = 已经习惯；get used to doing = 逐渐习惯，三者别混。",
|
||||
"md": "# 易混短语：used to 三兄弟\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n长得很像的三兄弟，意思完全不同，认错了会闹笑话。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n① **used to + 动词原形**：过去常常做（现在不做了）。② **be used to + doing**：已经习惯了。③ **get used to + doing**：正在逐渐习惯。后两个的 to 是介词，后面跟 -ing。\n\n```text\nused to do = 过去常常\nbe used to doing = 已习惯\nget used to doing = 逐渐习惯\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I used to get up late. | 我过去常常晚起。 |\n| I am used to getting up early now. | 现在我习惯早起了。 |\n| I'm getting used to the cold weather. | 我正慢慢习惯寒冷的天气。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I am used to get up early.\n- ✅ I am used to getting up early.\n- 提醒：be used to 的 to 是介词，后面要用 -ing 形式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"used to + 动词原形 表示什么？\", \"options\": [\"过去常常做\", \"现在习惯了\", \"正在变得习惯\", \"必须做\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"used to do 说过去常常、现在不再做的事。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She ______ living alone now.（她已经习惯独居。）\", \"options\": [\"is used to\", \"used to\", \"use to\", \"is use to\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"「已经习惯」用 be used to + doing：is used to living。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"I used to play tennis when I was young.\", \"I used to playing tennis when I was young.\", \"I am used to play tennis when I was young.\", \"I use to play tennis when I was young.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"说小时候常常做某事，用 used to + 动词原形。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nused to do 过去常常；be used to doing 已习惯；get used to doing 正变得习惯。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "adverbs-of-manner",
|
||||
"title": "方式副词：怎样做",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "方式副词说明动作「怎样做」，常在动词后；多数由形容词 + -ly 构成；good → well、fast → fast。",
|
||||
"md": "# 方式副词：怎样做\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n唱得「好听」、跑得「快」——方式副词回答「怎样做」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n方式副词描述动作的方式，通常放在**动词后面**。多数由**形容词 + -ly** 构成（quick → quickly）；以 -y 结尾的变 **-ily**（happy → happily）。不规则：good → well、fast → fast。\n\n```text\n形容词 + -ly（quiet → quietly）\n辅音 + y 结尾：y 变 i + -ly（happy → happily）\n不规则：good → well, fast → fast\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| She sings beautifully. | 她唱得很好听。 |\n| He runs fast. | 他跑得快。 |\n| Please speak slowly. | 请说慢一点。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ She sings beautiful.\n- ✅ She sings beautifully.\n- 提醒：修饰「唱」这个动作要用副词 beautifully，不是形容词 beautiful。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"He drives ______.\", \"options\": [\"careful\", \"carefully\", \"carefuly\", \"carefull\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"careful + -ly = carefully，修饰动词 drives。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"good 的副词是？\", \"options\": [\"goodly\", \"well\", \"good\", \"welly\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"good 的副词是不规则的 well。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"方式副词通常放在哪里？\", \"options\": [\"动词后面\", \"名词前面\", \"冠词前面\", \"句首\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"方式副词通常跟在它描述的动词后面。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n方式副词说「怎样做」，常在动词后；形容词 + -ly，good → well 要记住。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "sequencing-and-organizing",
|
||||
"title": "顺序与组织：first, then, finally",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "用 first / next / then / finally 讲清步骤；举例用 for example 或 such as，such as 只用在句中。",
|
||||
"md": "# 顺序与组织：first, then, finally\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n讲步骤、写说明，用顺序词让听者跟得上。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n按顺序讲事情用：**first**（首先）、**next / then**（接下来）、**after that**（之后）、**finally**（最后）。举例用 **for example** 或 **such as**；such as 只能用在**句中**引出例子。\n\n```text\nFirst → Next / Then → After that → Finally\n举例：for example / such as + 例子\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| First, wash the rice. | 首先，把米洗了。 |\n| Then, cook it. Finally, enjoy! | 然后煮好，最后享用！ |\n| I love fruits such as apples and bananas. | 我喜欢苹果、香蕉这类水果。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ Such as apples, I like fruits.\n- ✅ I like fruits such as apples.\n- 提醒：such as 只用在句子中间引出例子，不放句首。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"讲步骤的第一步通常用哪个词开头？\", \"options\": [\"First\", \"Finally\", \"Then\", \"Next\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"第一步用 First（首先）。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"表示「最后」用哪个词？\", \"options\": [\"first\", \"then\", \"finally\", \"next\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"finally 表示最后一步。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"Such as apples, I like fruits.\", \"I like fruits such as apples.\", \"I like such as apples fruits.\", \"Such as I like fruits apples.\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"such as 用在句中引出例子：fruits such as apples。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nfirst → then → finally 讲顺序；举例用 for example / such as。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "comparative-and-superlative-adverbs",
|
||||
"title": "副词的比较级与最高级",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "多数副词用 more / most 比较；短副词加 -er / -est；well → better → best、badly → worse → worst。",
|
||||
"md": "# 副词的比较级与最高级\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n跑得更「快」、学得更「认真」——副词也能比一比。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n多数副词的比较级用 **more + 副词**，最高级用 **most + 副词**。短副词可以加 **-er / -est**（faster、fastest）。不规则：well → better → best，badly → worse → worst。\n\n```text\nmore / most + 副词（more carefully）\n短副词 + -er / -est（faster / fastest）\nwell → better → best\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| She runs faster than me. | 她跑得比我快。 |\n| He works the hardest in the team. | 他在队里干活最卖力。 |\n| She sings better than anyone else. | 她唱得比其他任何人都好。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He runs more faster than me.\n- ✅ He runs faster than me.\n- 提醒：faster 已是比较级，不能再加 more。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"He runs ______ than me.\", \"options\": [\"fast\", \"faster\", \"fastest\", \"more fast\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"短副词 fast 加 -er：faster。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She sings ______ than me.\", \"options\": [\"gooder\", \"better\", \"more good\", \"best\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"well / good 的比较级是不规则的 better。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"carefully 的最高级是？\", \"options\": [\"most carefully\", \"carefulliest\", \"carefullyest\", \"more carefully\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"长副词用 most + 副词：most carefully。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n长副词 more / most，短副词 -er / -est；well → better → best。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "correcting-and-changing-the-subject",
|
||||
"title": "纠正与换话题：actually / by the way",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "纠正别人用 Actually 并注意语气；换话题用 By the way；回到原话题用 Anyway / As I was saying。",
|
||||
"md": "# 纠正与换话题：actually / by the way\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n礼貌地纠错、自然地换话题，都有固定说法。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n纠正或委婉反对时用 **Actually, …**（其实……），注意语气别太冲。换话题用 **By the way**（顺便问一下）；绕回原来的话题用 **Anyway** 或 **As I was saying**。\n\n```text\n纠正：Actually, …\n换话题：By the way, …\n回话题：Anyway, … / As I was saying, …\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Actually, the film starts at 8, not 7. | 其实电影八点开始，不是七点。 |\n| By the way, did you see Tom? | 对了，你见到汤姆了吗？ |\n| Anyway, let's get back to the plan. | 言归正传，我们回到计划上来。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ You're wrong! The film starts at 8!\n- ✅ Actually, the film starts at 8.\n- 提醒：直接说「你错了」太生硬，用 Actually 开头更礼貌。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"想礼貌地纠正别人的话，用哪个词开头？\", \"options\": [\"Actually\", \"Because\", \"Finally\", \"Never\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"Actually（其实）用来委婉地纠正或补充。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"想换个新话题，用哪个短语？\", \"options\": [\"By the way\", \"As I was saying\", \"In conclusion\", \"So far\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"By the way（顺便问一下）用来引入新话题。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"聊岔了想回到原话题，用哪个词？\", \"options\": [\"Anyway\", \"By the way\", \"For example\", \"At first\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"Anyway（言归正传）把话题拉回来。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nActually 纠错，By the way 换话题，Anyway / As I was saying 回话题。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "adverbs-of-degree",
|
||||
"title": "程度副词：有多……",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "程度副词放形容词前调节强弱：very / really 加强，a bit 减弱；「顶点」词配 absolutely / almost。",
|
||||
"md": "# 程度副词：有多……\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「有点冷」还是「非常冷」？程度副词来调音量。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n程度副词放在**形容词或动词前**，把意思调强或调弱：**very、really** 加强，**a bit、slightly** 减弱。可分级形容词（cold、tired）配 very / a bit；「顶点」形容词（perfect、exhausted）配 **absolutely、almost** 等。\n\n```text\n加强：very / really + 形容词\n减弱：a bit / slightly + 形容词\n顶点词：absolutely / almost + perfect, exhausted…\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| It's very cold today. | 今天非常冷。 |\n| I'm a bit tired. | 我有点累。 |\n| The glass is almost full. | 杯子快满了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I'm very exhausted.\n- ✅ I'm absolutely exhausted.\n- 提醒：exhausted 本身已是「累极了」，用 absolutely 修饰更地道。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"程度副词通常放在哪里？\", \"options\": [\"形容词前面\", \"名词后面\", \"句尾\", \"冠词前面\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"程度副词放在形容词前，如 very cold。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"I'm ______ tired.（我有点累。）\", \"options\": [\"a bit\", \"a few\", \"many\", \"any\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"a bit（有一点）减弱程度，修饰形容词 tired。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个搭配是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"absolutely perfect\", \"very perfect\", \"a bit perfect\", \"much perfect\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"perfect 是「顶点」形容词，用 absolutely 修饰。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nvery / really 调强，a bit 调弱；顶点词配 absolutely / almost。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "deciding-and-hedging",
|
||||
"title": "决定与缓和语气：留有余地",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "用 maybe / perhaps、seem / appear、It seems that … 让语气不那么绝对；讨论问题先摆两边观点。",
|
||||
"md": "# 决定与缓和语气：留有余地\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n话说得太满容易出错，学会给自己留余地。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n想让语气不那么绝对，用**缓和词**：**maybe / perhaps**（也许）、**seem / appear**（看起来）、**It seems / appears that …**。讨论问题时先摆两边：**on the one hand …, on the other hand …**。\n\n```text\nMaybe / Perhaps + 句子\nseem / appear + to do\nIt seems / appears that + 从句\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| Maybe it will rain tomorrow. | 明天也许会下雨。 |\n| He seems to be tired. | 他看起来很累。 |\n| It appears that the shop is closed. | 商店好像关门了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ He seems is tired.\n- ✅ He seems to be tired.\n- 提醒：seem 后面接 to do，不能直接接 is。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个词能让语气变得不那么绝对？\", \"options\": [\"maybe\", \"always\", \"never\", \"definitely\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"maybe（也许）表示不确定，给话留余地。\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\", \"options\": [\"He seems to be tired.\", \"He seems is tired.\", \"He seems tired is.\", \"He seem to be tired.\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"seem + to do：He seems to be tired.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"表示「看起来……」的句型是？\", \"options\": [\"It seems that …\", \"It does that …\", \"It seems for …\", \"It seems of …\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"It seems / appears that + 从句，表示「看起来……」。\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nmaybe / perhaps 说也许，seem / appear 说看起来；说话留余地，讨论摆两边。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "adverbs-of-time",
|
||||
"title": "时间副词：just / already / yet / still",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "just = 刚刚，already = 已经，yet 用于否定疑问句表「还没」，still = 仍然在继续。",
|
||||
"md": "# 时间副词：just / already / yet / still\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n「刚刚做完」「还没做」「还在做」——时间副词把时间说准。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**just** 表示「刚刚」；**already** 表示「已经」（常比预期早）；**yet** 用在**否定句和疑问句**里，表示「还没 / 到现在为止」；**still** 表示「仍然」，动作还在继续。\n\n```text\njust = 刚刚 already = 已经\nyet = 还没（否定 / 疑问） still = 仍然\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| I've just finished my homework. | 我刚做完作业。 |\n| She has already left. | 她已经走了。 |\n| It's still raining. | 还在下雨。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n- ❌ I haven't finished already.\n- ✅ I haven't finished yet.\n- 提醒：否定句里说「还没」用 yet，不用 already。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"哪个词用在否定句里表示「还没」？\", \"options\": [\"already\", \"yet\", \"just\", \"still\"], \"answer\": 1, \"explain\": \"yet 用在否定句和疑问句：I haven't finished yet.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"表示「仍然在继续」用哪个词？\", \"options\": [\"just\", \"yet\", \"still\", \"already\"], \"answer\": 2, \"explain\": \"still 表示动作还在继续：It's still raining.\"},\n {\"type\": \"choice\", \"stem\": \"She has ______ gone home. She left a minute ago.（她一分钟前刚走。）\", \"options\": [\"just\", \"yet\", \"still\", \"ever\"], \"answer\": 0, \"explain\": \"刚刚发生的事用 just：She has just gone home.\"}\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\njust 刚刚、already 已经、yet 还没、still 仍然；否定疑问找 yet。\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "making-conversation",
|
||||
"title": "Making conversation（让对话不冷场）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "right / OK / so 组织话题，I see / Right 表示在听，Well / Let me think 争取思考时间——三类小工具让对话顺畅不断线。",
|
||||
"md": "# Making conversation（让对话不冷场）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会三类「对话润滑剂」：组织词、回应词、拖延短语，让英语对话不冷场。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n英语对话里有三类小工具。①**组织词**（organizing words）：用来开场、接话或收尾——`right` 表示「好了，注意听」，`OK` 表示「收到、明白」，`so` 表示「那么，总结一下」。②**回应词**（backchanneling）：听别人说话时，用 `Right. / I see. / That's true.` 表示你在认真听。③**拖延短语**（stalling）：遇到难题需要时间想，用 `Well… / Let me think… / That's a good question.` 先开口，不冷场。\n\n```text\n开场/转折：Right, … / OK, … / So, …\n表示在听：Right. / I see. / That's true.\n争取时间：Well… / Let me think… / That's a good question.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **Right, let's start the meeting.** | 好了，我们开始开会吧。 |\n| **I see. That's really interesting.** | 我明白了，真有意思。 |\n| **Well, let me think… I'd say blue.** | 嗯，让我想想……我觉得是蓝色。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：卡住时一直沉默或只说 um…**\n\n- ❌ 被问住了就沉默不说话。\n- ✅ 先说 `Well… Let me think…`，边说边想。\n- 原因：英语对话习惯用短语「占住话头」，给自己争取思考时间，也显得有礼貌。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"想提醒大家「好了，我们开始吧」，可以说：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Right, let's start.\",\n \"I see.\",\n \"Let me think.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"Right 常用来引起注意、宣布开始。I see 是「我明白了」，Let me think 是拖延短语。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"朋友在讲话，你想表示自己在认真听，最好说：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Shut up.\",\n \"I see. That's interesting.\",\n \"Goodbye.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 1,\n \"explain\": \"I see. / Right. / That's true. 都是回应词（backchanneling），表示你在听而且感兴趣。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"被问到一个难回答的问题，需要先想想，可以先说：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Well, that's a good question. Let me think…\",\n \"I don't know. Bye.\",\n \"You must wait a long time.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"用 stalling 拖延短语先接住问题，争取思考时间，对话不会冷场。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nright / OK / so 组织话题，I see / Right 表示在听，Well / Let me think 争取思考时间——三类小工具让对话顺畅不断线。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "adverbs-of-frequency",
|
||||
"title": "Adverbs of frequency（频率副词）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "always / usually / often / sometimes / never 从高到低表示频率，放在实义动词前、be 动词后；never 本身否定，不再加 not。",
|
||||
"md": "# Adverbs of frequency（频率副词）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 always、usually、often、sometimes、never 说清「多久做一次」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n频率副词按「频繁程度」从高到低排：**always**（总是）> **usually**（通常）> **often**（经常）> **sometimes**（有时）> **never**（从不）。位置有口诀：**实义动词前，be 动词后**。问频率用 How often…?\n\n```text\n主语 + 频率副词 + 实义动词 I often read books.\n主语 + be + 频率副词 She is always happy.\n提问：How often do you …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I always get up at seven.** | 我总是七点起床。 |\n| **She is often late for class.** | 她上课经常迟到。 |\n| **We sometimes play football after school.** | 我们放学后有时踢足球。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：never 和 not 一起用**\n\n- ❌ I don't never eat candy.\n- ✅ I never eat candy.\n- 原因：never 本身已经表示「从不、不」，再加 not 就重复否定了。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我通常步行上学。」= I ___ walk to school.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"usually\",\n \"never\",\n \"be\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"usually 表示「通常」，放在实义动词 walk 前面。never 是「从不」，意思不对；be 不是频率副词。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"频率副词在句子里一般放在哪里？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"实义动词前，be 动词后\",\n \"一定在句首\",\n \"一定在句末\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"口诀：实义动词前（I often read），be 动词后（She is always happy）。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"下面哪组是按频率从高到低排列的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"always > usually > often\",\n \"often > always > usually\",\n \"usually > always > often\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"always（总是）最高，然后 usually（通常）、often（经常）、sometimes（有时）、never（从不）。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nalways / usually / often / sometimes / never 从高到低表示频率，放在实义动词前、be 动词后；never 本身否定，不再加 not。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "so-and-such",
|
||||
"title": "“So” and “such”（强调的 so 与 such）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "so + 形容词/副词，such +（a/an）+ 名词；表示「如此……以致……」时后面接 that 从句。",
|
||||
"md": "# “So” and “such”（强调的 so 与 such）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 so 和 such 加强语气，并分清两者的搭配。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**so** 放在形容词或副词前加强语气：so big / so fast。**such** 放在名词（或「形容词 + 名词」）前加强语气：such a day / such a cold day。表示「如此……以致……」时，两者后面都可以接 **that** 从句。\n\n```text\nso + 形容词/副词 (+ that…)\nsuch (+ a/an) + (形容词) + 名词 (+ that…)\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **The bag is so heavy.** | 这个包太重了。 |\n| **It was such a cold day.** | 那是非常冷的一天。 |\n| **He ran so fast that he won the race.** | 他跑得太快了，结果赢了比赛。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：名词前误用 so**\n\n- ❌ It was so nice day.\n- ✅ It was such a nice day.\n- 原因：中心词是名词 day，强调名词要用 such；so 只直接修饰形容词/副词。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"It was ___ a funny film. Everyone laughed.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"such\",\n \"so\",\n \"very\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"a funny film 是名词短语，强调名词用 such a + 形容词 + 名词。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"The soup is ___ hot. I can't drink it.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"so\",\n \"such\",\n \"such a\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 1,\n \"explain\": \"hot 是形容词，形容词前用 so：so hot。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"It was such a big dog.\",\n \"It was so a big dog.\",\n \"It was such big dog.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"such + a + 形容词 + 名词：such a big dog。so 不能直接接 a + 名词；such 后单数可数名词要带 a。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nso + 形容词/副词，such +（a/an）+ 名词；表示「如此……以致……」时后面接 that 从句。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "reference",
|
||||
"title": "Reference（词类大家族总复习）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "英语词分十大词类，句子里必不可少的只有名词和动词；认准词类，句子结构一目了然。",
|
||||
"md": "# Reference（词类大家族总复习）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n复习「词类（parts of speech）」这个语法资料库：遇到生句，能快速认出每个词是哪一类。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n英语的词按作用分成十大类：**名词**（人/物的名字）、**动词**（动作或状态）、**形容词**（修饰名词）、**副词**（修饰动词/形容词）、**代词**（代替名词）、**介词**（表示关系）、**连词**（连接词句）、**感叹词**（表达情绪）、**冠词**（a/an/the）等。一个句子必不可少的只有**名词（主语）+ 动词**，其他词类让句子更丰富。\n\n```text\n名词 = 名字 动词 = 动作/状态 形容词 → 修饰名词\n副词 → 修饰动词/形容词 代词 = 代替名词 连词 = 连接\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **The little dog runs quickly.** | 小狗跑得很快。（dog 名词 / runs 动词 / little 形容词 / quickly 副词） |\n| **Wow! She and I like music.** | 哇！她和我喜欢音乐。（Wow 感叹词 / she、I 代词 / and 连词） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：只凭「长相」判断词类**\n\n- ❌ 认为 work 永远只是动词。\n- ✅ 看它在句中的作用：I work hard.（动词，工作）/ My work is fun.（名词，工作这件事）\n- 原因：同一个词在不同句子里可能是不同词类，要看位置和作用。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“The cat sleeps.” 里的 sleeps 是哪类词？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"动词\",\n \"名词\",\n \"形容词\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"sleeps 表示「睡觉」这个动作，是动词。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"代词（pronoun）的作用是？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"代替名词\",\n \"连接两个句子\",\n \"表示强烈感情\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"代词用来代替名词，比如 he、she、it、they，避免重复。连接句子是连词，表达感情是感叹词。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"judge\",\n \"stem\": \"判断对错：“quickly” 是副词，用来修饰动词。\",\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"对。quickly 修饰动词，说明动作怎么样，比如 runs quickly（跑得快）。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n英语词分十大词类，句子里必不可少的只有名词和动词；认准词类，句子结构一目了然。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "enough-and-too",
|
||||
"title": "“Enough” and “too”（足够的 enough 与过度的 too）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "enough 表示「足够」：形容词后、名词前；too 表示「太……」：总在形容词/副词前；两者都可接 to do。",
|
||||
"md": "# “Enough” and “too”（足够的 enough 与过度的 too）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 enough 说「刚刚好」，用 too 说「过头了」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**enough**（足够）：放在形容词/副词**后面**（old enough、fast enough），放在名词**前面**（enough time）。**too**（太……，过头）：放在形容词/副词**前面**（too hot、too slowly）。两者后面都可以接 **to do**，表示「足够/太过……而（不能）做某事」。\n\n```text\n形容词/副词 + enough (to do) old enough to go to school\ntoo + 形容词/副词 (to do) too hot to drink\nenough + 名词 enough time\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **She is old enough to go to school.** | 她到了上学的年龄（足够大了）。 |\n| **The coffee is too hot to drink.** | 咖啡太烫了，没法喝。 |\n| **We don't have enough time.** | 我们的时间不够。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：enough 的位置放反**\n\n- ❌ He is enough old. / I have money enough.\n- ✅ He is old enough. / I have enough money.\n- 原因：enough 修饰形容词/副词要放后面，修饰名词要放前面。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"He is tall ___ to reach the shelf.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"enough\",\n \"too\",\n \"very\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「足够高，能够到」用形容词 + enough：tall enough to reach。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"The box is ___ heavy for me. I can't carry it.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"too\",\n \"enough\",\n \"well\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「太重了，搬不动」用 too + 形容词：too heavy。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「足够的钱」应该怎么说？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"enough money\",\n \"money enough\",\n \"too money\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"enough 修饰名词时放在名词前面：enough money。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nenough 表示「足够」：形容词后、名词前；too 表示「太……」：总在形容词/副词前；两者都可接 to do。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-continuous-i-am-doing",
|
||||
"title": "Present continuous（现在进行时 I am doing）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "am/is/are + 动词-ing 表示「正在做、还没做完」；be 动词和 -ing 一个都不能少。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present continuous（现在进行时 I am doing）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 am/is/are + doing 说「正在发生的事情」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在进行时 = **am / is / are + 动词-ing**，表示动作已经开始、还没结束，「正在做」。否定加 not（isn't / aren't），疑问把 am/is/are 提前。\n\n```text\nI am doing He/She/It is doing We/You/They are doing\n否定：isn't/aren't doing 疑问：Is/Are + 主语 + doing?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **She is reading a book now.** | 她现在正在看书。 |\n| **They aren't playing football.** | 他们没在踢足球。 |\n| **Are you listening to me?** | 你在听我说话吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：漏掉 am/is/are**\n\n- ❌ He watching TV.\n- ✅ He is watching TV.\n- 原因：进行时必须有 be 动词和 -ing 两部分，缺一个都不成句子。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我正在写作业。」= I ___ doing my homework.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"am\",\n \"is\",\n \"are\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"主语是 I，be 动词用 am：I am doing。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Look! The cat ___ sleeping under the tree.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"is\",\n \"are\",\n \"am\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"The cat 是「它」，单数用 is：The cat is sleeping。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"fill\",\n \"stem\": \"填上 am / is / are：She ___ singing a song now.\",\n \"answers\": [\n \"is\"\n ],\n \"explain\": \"主语 She 是第三人称单数，用 is：She is singing。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nam/is/are + 动词-ing 表示「正在做、还没做完」；be 动词和 -ing 一个都不能少。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-simple-i-do",
|
||||
"title": "Present simple（一般现在时 I do）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "一般现在时说习惯和事实；he/she/it 动词加 -s；疑问否定靠 do/does，动词还原。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present simple（一般现在时 I do）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用一般现在时说「总是这样」的习惯和事实。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般现在时表示**经常性、反复发生**的事或**普遍事实**。he/she/it 作主语时动词加 **-s/-es**（works、goes）。疑问和否定请 do/does 帮忙，后面动词**还原**。\n\n```text\nI/You/We/They work. He/She/It works.\n否定：don't/doesn't + 动词原形 疑问：Do/Does + 主语 + 动词原形?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I get up at seven every day.** | 我每天七点起床。 |\n| **The sun rises in the east.** | 太阳从东方升起。 |\n| **She doesn't like milk.** | 她不喜欢牛奶。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：does 后面动词还带 -s**\n\n- ❌ She doesn't likes milk.\n- ✅ She doesn't like milk.\n- 原因：-s 已经体现在 does 里了，后面的动词要用原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"He ___ football every Sunday.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"plays\",\n \"play\",\n \"playing\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"He 是第三人称单数，一般现在时动词加 -s：plays。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我不喝茶。」= I ___ drink tea.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"don't\",\n \"doesn't\",\n \"am not\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"主语 I 的否定用 don't + 动词原形：don't drink。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Does she like apples?\",\n \"Does she likes apples?\",\n \"Do she like apples?\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"Does 提问后动词还原 like；she 配 Does，不配 Do。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n一般现在时说习惯和事实；he/she/it 动词加 -s；疑问否定靠 do/does，动词还原。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-continuous-and-present-simple-1-i-am-doing-and-i-do",
|
||||
"title": "Present continuous and present simple 1（I am doing 与 I do 对比）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "I am doing 说此刻或近期正在发生；I do 说一贯习惯或长期事实；I'm always doing 常带抱怨语气。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present continuous and present simple 1（I am doing 与 I do 对比）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清现在进行时（正在发生）和一般现在时（总是发生）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**进行时**：说话时或最近正在发生、还没结束的事（Listen! She is singing.）；**临时**情况也用进行时（I'm living with friends this month.）。**一般现在时**：一贯的习惯、普遍事实（Water boils at 100°C.）；**长期**情况用一般现在时（My parents live in London.）。特别注意：`I'm always doing` 表示「老是……」，常带抱怨语气。\n\n```text\n正在进行/临时 → I am doing\n一贯习惯/长期事实 → I do\n抱怨「老是…」→ I'm always doing\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I'm reading a great book these days.** | 这几天我在读一本好书。 |\n| **I read every night before bed.** | 我每晚睡前都读书。 |\n| **She's always losing her keys!** | 她老是丢钥匙！（抱怨） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：习惯性动作用进行时**\n\n- ❌ I am going to school every day.\n- ✅ I go to school every day.\n- 原因：every day 表示每天的习惯，用一般现在时，不用 -ing。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Listen! Someone ___ the piano.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"is playing\",\n \"plays\",\n \"play\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"Listen! 提示此刻正在发生，用现在进行时 is playing。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Water ___ at 100 degrees.（科学事实）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"boils\",\n \"is boiling\",\n \"boil\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"普遍事实用一般现在时；Water 是单数，动词加 -s：boils。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「你老是看手机！（有点抱怨）」= You're always ___ at your phone.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"looking\",\n \"look\",\n \"looks\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"be always doing 表示「老是做某事」，常带抱怨语气。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nI am doing 说此刻或近期正在发生；I do 说一贯习惯或长期事实；I'm always doing 常带抱怨语气。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-simple-i-did",
|
||||
"title": "Past simple（一般过去时 I did）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "规则动词加 -ed，不规则动词要记（go→went、see→saw）；疑问否定用 did/didn't，动词还原。",
|
||||
"md": "# Past simple（一般过去时 I did）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用一般过去时说「过去发生、已经结束」的事。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n一般过去时表示过去发生并结束的事。规则动词加 **-ed**（worked、played），不规则动词要记（go→went、see→saw、write→wrote）。否定用 **didn't + 动词原形**，疑问用 **Did + 主语 + 动词原形**。be 的过去式是 was/were。\n\n```text\n肯定：动词-ed / 不规则过去式\n否定：didn't + 动词原形 疑问：Did + 主语 + 动词原形?\nbe → was / were\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **We watched a film yesterday.** | 我们昨天看了一场电影。 |\n| **She didn't go to school.** | 她没去上学。 |\n| **Did you enjoy the party?** | 聚会你玩得开心吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：did/didn't 后动词用过去式**\n\n- ❌ I didn't went home.\n- ✅ I didn't go home.\n- 原因：didn't 已经表示「过去 + 否定」，动词用原形。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"go 的过去式是：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"went\",\n \"goed\",\n \"going\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"go 是不规则动词：go → went。不能加 -ed。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我昨天没踢足球。」= I ___ play football yesterday.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"didn't\",\n \"don't\",\n \"wasn't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"昨天是过去，否定用 didn't + 动词原形 play。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"___ you see Tom last night?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Did\",\n \"Do\",\n \"Was\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"昨晚是过去时间，疑问用 Did + 主语 + 动词原形 see。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n规则动词加 -ed，不规则动词要记（go→went、see→saw）；疑问否定用 did/didn't，动词还原。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-continuous-i-was-doing",
|
||||
"title": "Past continuous（过去进行时 I was doing）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "was/were + doing 表示过去某时刻「正在做」；长背景用过去进行，短动作用一般过去，when/while 连接。",
|
||||
"md": "# Past continuous（过去进行时 I was doing）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 was/were + doing 描述「过去某个时刻正在做什么」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去进行时 = **was/were + 动词-ing**，表示过去某时刻动作正在进行、还没结束。常和一般过去时搭配：**长的背景动作用进行时，短的打断动作用过去式**，用 when/while 连接。\n\n```text\nI/He/She/It was doing We/You/They were doing\n长背景 + when + 短动作：I was sleeping when the phone rang.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I was sleeping at ten last night.** | 昨晚十点我正在睡觉。 |\n| **It was raining when we left.** | 我们出门时正下着雨。 |\n| **While I was cooking, the phone rang.** | 我在做饭时，电话响了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：状态动词用进行时**\n\n- ❌ We were knowing each other well.\n- ✅ We knew each other well.\n- 原因：know、want、like 等状态动词一般不用 -ing 形式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"At eight yesterday evening, she ___ TV.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"was watching\",\n \"watched\",\n \"watches\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「昨晚八点那一刻正在看」是过去某时刻的进行，用 was watching。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「当我在做作业时，妈妈回来了。」= ___ I was doing my homework, Mum came home.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"While\",\n \"Because\",\n \"So\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"while 表示「在……期间」，连接同时进行的背景动作。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"I wanted to go home.\",\n \"I was wanting to go home.\",\n \"I am wanting to go home.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"want 是状态动词，一般不用进行时。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwas/were + doing 表示过去某时刻「正在做」；长背景用过去进行，短动作用一般过去，when/while 连接。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-perfect-1-i-have-done",
|
||||
"title": "Present perfect 1（现在完成时 I have done）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "have/has + 过去分词，说过去发生但对现在有影响的事；常配 just、already、yet；有具体过去时间就改用一般过去时。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present perfect 1（现在完成时 I have done）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 have/has + 过去分词说「发生过、现在仍有影响」的事。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在完成时 = **have/has + 过去分词**（done、lost、written…），表示过去的动作对**现在**有影响或结果（He has lost his key = 钥匙现在还没找到）。常和 **just**（刚）、**already**（已经）、**yet**（疑问否定句末尾）连用。\n\n```text\nI/You/We/They have done He/She/It has done\nI've just finished. / I've already eaten. / Have you finished yet?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I've lost my key.** | 我把钥匙弄丢了。（现在还没有） |\n| **She has just finished her homework.** | 她刚做完作业。 |\n| **Have you seen my bag yet?** | 你见到我的包了吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：和具体过去时间连用**\n\n- ❌ I have seen him yesterday.\n- ✅ I saw him yesterday.\n- 原因：yesterday 这类明确的过去时间要用一般过去时，不用现在完成时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我已经吃过早饭了。」= I ___ already had breakfast.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"have\",\n \"has\",\n \"had\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"主语 I 配 have：I have already had breakfast。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"I saw him yesterday.\",\n \"I have seen him yesterday.\",\n \"I have see him yesterday.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"有 yesterday 这样具体的过去时间，用一般过去时 saw。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Have you ___ your homework yet?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"finished\",\n \"finish\",\n \"finishing\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"have + 过去分词构成现在完成时：Have you finished…?\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave/has + 过去分词，说过去发生但对现在有影响的事；常配 just、already、yet；有具体过去时间就改用一般过去时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-perfect-continuous-i-have-been-doing",
|
||||
"title": "Present perfect continuous（现在完成进行时 I have been doing）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "have/has been doing 强调动作从过去持续到现在（可能刚停）；know、like 等状态动词用 have done。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present perfect continuous（现在完成进行时 I have been doing）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 have/has been doing 说「一直在做、持续到现在」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n现在完成进行时 = **have/has been + 动词-ing**：①动作从过去开始**持续到现在**，常配 for/since/how long；②动作**刚刚停止**，但留下了看得见的结果（你气喘吁吁——刚才一直在跑？）。\n\n```text\nhave/has been + doing\nIt has been raining for two hours.（还在下）\nYou look tired. Have you been running?（刚停）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **It has been raining for two hours.** | 雨已经下了两个小时了。（还在下） |\n| **You look tired. Have you been running?** | 你看起来很累，刚跑步了吗？ |\n| **I've been learning English since January.** | 我从一月起一直在学英语。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：状态动词用完成进行时**\n\n- ❌ I've been knowing him for years.\n- ✅ I've known him for years.\n- 原因：know、like、have（拥有）等状态动词一般不用 -ing 形式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She's still on the phone. She ___ for an hour.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"has been talking\",\n \"talks\",\n \"talked\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「一直在打、还没停」强调持续过程，用 has been talking。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"I've known him for years.\",\n \"I've been knowing him for years.\",\n \"I am knowing him.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"know 是状态动词，不用进行时，用现在完成时 have known。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"The ground is wet. It ___ raining.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"has been\",\n \"is\",\n \"will be\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"地湿是刚停的雨留下的痕迹，用现在完成进行时 has been raining。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave/has been doing 强调动作从过去持续到现在（可能刚停）；know、like 等状态动词用 have done。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-perfect-continuous-and-simple-i-have-been-doing-and-i-have-done",
|
||||
"title": "Present perfect continuous and simple（I have been doing 与 I have done 对比）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "have been doing 重在过程、持续多久；have done 重在结果、完成多少；问数量用完成时。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present perfect continuous and simple（I have been doing 与 I have done 对比）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清现在完成进行时（重过程）和现在完成时（重结果）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**进行时**重在「动作本身、过程、持续了多久」，做没做完不重要（I've been reading all morning.）。**完成时**重在「结果、已完成」，常说**做了多少、多少次**（I've read three books.）。问 how long 多用进行时；问 how many / how much 必须用完成时。\n\n```text\n过程/持续多久 → have been doing\n结果/完成多少 → have done\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I've been reading all morning.** | 我一上午都在看书。（可能还没看完） |\n| **I've read three books this month.** | 这个月我读完了三本书。 |\n| **She's painted her bedroom. It looks great.** | 她把卧室刷好了，焕然一新。（强调结果） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：表示数量用进行时**\n\n- ❌ I've been reading three books this month.\n- ✅ I've read three books this month.\n- 原因：提到「多少本、多少次」是完成的结果，用 have done。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I ___ five emails this morning.（已写完五封）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"have written\",\n \"have been writing\",\n \"am writing\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"强调完成数量（five emails），用现在完成时 have written。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"How long ___ for me?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"have you been waiting\",\n \"are you waiting\",\n \"do you wait\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"问「等了多久」，强调持续过程，用现在完成进行时。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"想说「墙刷好了，很漂亮」，强调结果，该用：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"She has painted the wall.\",\n \"She has been painting the wall.\",\n \"She paints the wall.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"强调完成的结果用 has painted；has been painting 只说过程，不管完没完。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave been doing 重在过程、持续多久；have done 重在结果、完成多少；问数量用完成时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "how-long-have-you-been",
|
||||
"title": "How long have you (been)…?（持续了多久）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "问「从过去持续到现在多久」用 How long + 现在完成时，答用 for/since；know 等状态动词用 have known。",
|
||||
"md": "# How long have you (been)…?（持续了多久）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 How long have you (been)…? 问「持续了多久」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n问一件从过去开始、**持续到现在**的事有多久，用 **How long + have/has + 主语 (+ been doing / 过去分词)**，回答用 for/since。注意要用现在完成时，不能用一般现在时。know、have 等状态动词用 **have known / have had**（不用 been knowing）。\n\n```text\nHow long have you been working here?\nHow long have you known Jane?\n回答：For ten years. / Since 2015.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **How long have you lived here?** | 你在这儿住多久了？ |\n| **How long has she been waiting?** | 她等了多久了？ |\n| **How long have you known Jane?** | 你认识简多久了？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：用一般现在时问持续时间**\n\n- ❌ How long are you married?\n- ✅ How long have you been married?\n- 原因：「结婚多久了」从过去持续到现在，要用现在完成时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"___ have you been learning English?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"How long\",\n \"How often\",\n \"How many\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"问持续的时间长度用 How long。How often 问频率，How many 问数量。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"How long ___ each other?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"have you known\",\n \"do you know\",\n \"are you knowing\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"认识从过去持续到现在，用现在完成时；know 是状态动词，用 have known。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"How long has he worked here?\",\n \"How long is he working here?\",\n \"How long does he work here?\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「在这儿工作多久了」持续到现在，用现在完成时 has worked。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n问「从过去持续到现在多久」用 How long + 现在完成时，答用 for/since；know 等状态动词用 have known。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "for-and-since-when-and-how-long",
|
||||
"title": "For and since（for 与 since；When 与 How long）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "for + 时间段，since + 起点；When + 过去式问时间点，How long + 现在完成时问持续多久。",
|
||||
"md": "# For and since（for 与 since；When 与 How long）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清 for 与 since，以及 When…? 与 How long…? 的用法。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**for + 一段时间**（for two hours、for ten years）；**since + 起点**（since Monday、since 2020）。问「什么时候开始」用 **When + 一般过去时**；问「持续多久」用 **How long + 现在完成时**。\n\n```text\nfor + 时间段：for five years\nsince + 起点：since 2020 / since we met\nWhen did it start? ↔ How long has it been going on?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **We've lived here for five years.** | 我们在这儿住了五年了。 |\n| **I've had this bike since 2022.** | 这辆自行车是 2022 年买的，一直骑到现在。 |\n| **When did it start raining? — It's been raining for an hour.** | 雨什么时候开始下的？——已经下一个小时了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：时间段前用 since**\n\n- ❌ I've been here since three days.\n- ✅ I've been here for three days.\n- 原因：three days 是一段时长，用 for；since 后面要跟起点（since Monday）。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She has been here ___ Monday.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"since\",\n \"for\",\n \"at\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"Monday 是时间起点，用 since。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I've known him ___ ten years.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"for\",\n \"since\",\n \"from\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"ten years 是一段时间，用 for。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"想问「雨是什么时候开始下的？」应该问：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"When did it start raining?\",\n \"How long did it start raining?\",\n \"When has it started raining?\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"问开始的时间点用 When + 一般过去时。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nfor + 时间段，since + 起点；When + 过去式问时间点，How long + 现在完成时问持续多久。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-perfect-and-past-1-i-have-done-and-i-did",
|
||||
"title": "Present perfect and past 1（I have done 与 I did 对比）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "have done 是「和现在有关的新闻」；did 只说过去的事；讲完新闻后补充细节改用一般过去时。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present perfect and past 1（I have done 与 I did 对比）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清现在完成时（与现在有关）和一般过去时（只谈过去）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**现在完成时**是「现在时」：报道新闻、说明现在的情况（He has lost his key = 现在还没找到）。**一般过去时**只说过去发生了什么，不管现在（He lost his key = 不知道现在找没找到）。先用完成时报新闻，接着讲细节时改用过去时；**很久以前、已故人物**的事只用过去时（Mozart wrote…）。\n\n```text\n新闻/影响现在 → have done\n只谈过去/细节 → did\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I've repaired the bike. It works now.** | 我把自行车修好了，现在能骑了。 |\n| **Who invented the telephone?** | 谁发明了电话？（过去的事） |\n| **Ow! I've burnt myself. — How did you do that?** | 哎哟！我烫着自己了。——怎么弄的？（新闻用完成时，细节用过去时） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：久远过去用现在完成时**\n\n- ❌ Mozart has written more than 600 pieces of music.\n- ✅ Mozart wrote more than 600 pieces of music.\n- 原因：莫扎特是过去的人物，写曲是纯过去的事，用一般过去时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Tom can't find his key. He ___ it.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"has lost\",\n \"lost\",\n \"loses\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"钥匙现在还没找到，对现在有影响，用 has lost。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「谁发明了电话？」= Who ___ the telephone?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"invented\",\n \"has invented\",\n \"invents\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"发明电话是久远过去的事，用一般过去时 invented。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Mozart wrote more than 600 pieces of music.\",\n \"Mozart has written more than 600 pieces of music.\",\n \"Mozart is writing more than 600 pieces of music.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"莫扎特是已故人物，他写曲属于纯过去，用 wrote。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhave done 是「和现在有关的新闻」；did 只说过去的事；讲完新闻后补充细节改用一般过去时。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-perfect-i-had-done",
|
||||
"title": "Past perfect（过去完成时 I had done）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "had + 过去分词表示「过去的过去」：比另一个过去动作更早完成。",
|
||||
"md": "# Past perfect（过去完成时 I had done）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 had done 表示「过去的过去」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去完成时 = **had + 过去分词**，表示在**过去某时之前**已经完成的动作，即「过去的过去」。常和 when / already / never / because 搭配，先有一个过去时间点，再往前回看。\n\n```text\nhad + 过去分词\nWhen Sarah arrived, Paul had already gone home.\n（arrive 是过去，gone home 比它更早）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **When Sarah arrived, Paul had already gone home.** | 萨拉到达时，保罗已经回家了。 |\n| **I couldn't buy tickets because I had lost my wallet.** | 我买不了票，因为（之前）钱包丢了。 |\n| **They hadn't flown before.** | 他们以前从没坐过飞机。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：普通的过去也用过去完成时**\n\n- ❌ I had got up at seven yesterday.（无对照）\n- ✅ I got up at seven yesterday.\n- 原因：过去完成时要和「更晚的过去」对比才用；单独说一件过去的事用一般过去时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"When I got to the station, the train ___ already ___.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had … left\",\n \"has … left\",\n \"is … leaving\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"到站是过去，火车离开比到站更早，是「过去的过去」，用 had left。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She was hungry because she ___ lunch.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"hadn't had\",\n \"doesn't have\",\n \"hasn't had\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"was hungry 是过去，没吃饭比它更早，用 hadn't had。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"过去完成时表示：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"过去的过去\",\n \"现在的状态\",\n \"将来的动作\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"had done 表示比过去某时更早发生或完成的动作。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhad + 过去分词表示「过去的过去」：比另一个过去动作更早完成。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "past-perfect-continuous-i-had-been-doing",
|
||||
"title": "Past perfect continuous（过去完成进行时 I had been doing）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "had been doing 表示「直到过去某时一直在做」，强调过程和原因；状态动词用 had done。",
|
||||
"md": "# Past perfect continuous（过去完成进行时 I had been doing）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 had been doing 说「（那时之前）一直在做」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n过去完成进行时 = **had been + 动词-ing**，表示在过去某时之前**一直在进行**的动作，常用来解释当时的状态或原因（他累是因为忙了一天）。对比：had been doing 重在过程/原因，had done 重在完成。\n\n```text\nhad been + doing\nThe ground was wet. It had been raining.\nWe'd been playing for half an hour when it started to rain.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **The ground was wet. It had been raining.** | 地是湿的。（因为）之前一直在下雨。 |\n| **Tom was tired because he'd been working all day.** | 汤姆很累，因为他忙了一整天。 |\n| **We'd been playing tennis for half an hour when it started to rain.** | 我们打了半小时网球，突然下起雨来。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：状态动词用过去完成进行时**\n\n- ❌ I'd been knowing him for years.\n- ✅ I'd known him for years.\n- 原因：know、like 等状态动词不用 -ing 形式。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Her eyes were red. She ___ crying.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had been\",\n \"is\",\n \"will be\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"讲过去的事，眼睛红是因为此前一直在哭，用 had been crying。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"They ___ for two hours when the bus finally came.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had been waiting\",\n \"have been waiting\",\n \"are waiting\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"车来是过去，等待在车来之前持续了两个小时，用过去完成进行时。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"过去完成进行时强调：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"过去某时之前一直在进行\",\n \"现在正在做\",\n \"将来会完成\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"had been doing 表示在过去某时刻之前持续进行的动作，常解释原因。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhad been doing 表示「直到过去某时一直在做」，强调过程和原因；状态动词用 had done。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "have-and-have-got",
|
||||
"title": "Have and have got（have 与 have got）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "表示「拥有」时 have 和 have got 意思相同；过去式用 had 不带 got；have breakfast 等短语不能用 got。",
|
||||
"md": "# Have and have got（have 与 have got）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n弄清 have 和 have got 什么时候一样、什么时候不一样。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n表示**拥有、关系、疾病**等时，have 和 have got 意思相同，可互换：I have a car. = I've got a car.。过去式用 **had**（一般不带 got）。但 **have breakfast / have a shower / have a good time** 等「做某事」的短语不能用 got。\n\n```text\n拥有：have = have got → I have / I've got a sister.\n过去：had（不带 got）\n吃饭/洗澡等：只能用 have\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **She has (got) two brothers.** | 她有两个兄弟。 |\n| **I've got a headache.** | 我头疼。 |\n| **Did you have a good time?** | 你玩得开心吗？（不能说 got） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：吃饭也用 have got**\n\n- ❌ I've got breakfast at seven every day.\n- ✅ I have breakfast at seven every day.\n- 原因：have breakfast 的 have 表示「吃」，不是「拥有」，不能用 got。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我有一辆新自行车。」= I ___ got a new bike.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"have\",\n \"had\",\n \"do\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"have got = have，表示拥有：I've got a new bike。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"I have breakfast at seven.\",\n \"I've got breakfast at seven.\",\n \"I have got breakfast at seven.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"have breakfast 表示「吃早饭」，不能用 got。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“have a cold（感冒）”的过去式该写：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had a cold\",\n \"had got a cold\",\n \"has a cold\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"过去的「拥有/患病」用 had，一般不带 got。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n表示「拥有」时 have 和 have got 意思相同；过去式用 had 不带 got；have breakfast 等短语不能用 got。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "used-to-do",
|
||||
"title": "Used to（过去常常 used to do）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "used to + 动词原形表示「过去常常、现在不再」；没有现在式，疑问用 Did you use to…?",
|
||||
"md": "# Used to（过去常常 used to do）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 used to do 说「过去常常……（现在不了）」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**used to + 动词原形**表示过去经常发生的习惯或状态，**现在已经不是这样了**。疑问式：**Did you use to…?** 否定式：didn't use to。注意：used to 只用于过去，没有现在式。\n\n```text\nused to + 动词原形：I used to play tennis.（现在不打了）\n疑问：Did you use to …? 否定：didn't use to …\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I used to play tennis a lot.** | 我过去常打网球。（现在不常打了） |\n| **This building used to be a cinema.** | 这栋楼以前是电影院。 |\n| **Did you use to eat lots of sweets?** | 你小时候常吃很多糖吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：用 use to 说现在的习惯**\n\n- ❌ I use to swim every day.（想说现在的习惯）\n- ✅ I swim every day.\n- 原因：used to 只表示过去；现在的习惯用一般现在时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She ___ live in Beijing, but now she lives in Shanghai.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"used to\",\n \"uses to\",\n \"is use to\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「过去住北京、现在不了」用 used to live。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Did you use to play football?\",\n \"Did you used to play football?\",\n \"Do you use to play football?\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"疑问式用 Did + use to（动词还原）：Did you use to…?\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"There ___ a park here, but now there is a mall.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"used to be\",\n \"used to is\",\n \"use to being\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「这里以前有个公园」用 there used to be。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nused to + 动词原形表示「过去常常、现在不再」；没有现在式，疑问用 Did you use to…?\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "present-tenses-i-am-doing-i-do-for-the-future",
|
||||
"title": "Present tenses for the future（用现在时谈将来）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "安排好的事用现在进行时（I'm seeing…），时刻表日程用一般现在时（The train leaves…）。",
|
||||
"md": "# Present tenses for the future（用现在时谈将来）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用现在进行时和一般现在时谈论将来的安排。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**已经安排好的事**用现在进行时：I'm meeting Kate tomorrow.。**时刻表、日程**（火车、电影、课表）用一般现在时：The train leaves at 11.30.。已经安排好的事一般不用 will。\n\n```text\n个人安排（已定）→ be doing：I'm going to the dentist tomorrow.\n时刻表/日程 → 一般现在时：The film starts at eight.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **What are you doing tonight? — I'm going to the cinema.** | 你今晚干什么？——我去看电影。 |\n| **My train leaves at 11.30.** | 我的火车十一点半开。 |\n| **The film starts at eight o'clock.** | 电影八点开始。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：已安排的事用 will 提问**\n\n- ❌ What will you do tonight?（问已有安排）\n- ✅ What are you doing tonight?\n- 原因：问已经定好的安排，用现在进行时。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I ___ the dentist tomorrow morning.（已约好）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"am seeing\",\n \"see\",\n \"saw\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"已经约好的安排用现在进行时：am seeing。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"The train ___ at nine every morning.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"leaves\",\n \"is leaving\",\n \"left\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"时刻表用一般现在时：leaves。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「电影几点开始？」（按排片表）= What time ___ the film start?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"does\",\n \"is\",\n \"was\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"按时刻表提问用一般现在时：does the film start。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n安排好的事用现在进行时（I'm seeing…），时刻表日程用一般现在时（The train leaves…）。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "im-going-to-do",
|
||||
"title": "I'm going to（打算做 be going to）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "be going to + 动词原形：表示打算做的事，或根据眼前迹象预测将要发生的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# I'm going to（打算做 be going to）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 be going to do 说「打算做」和「眼看就要发生」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**be going to + 动词原形**：①表示**已经决定、打算**做的事（I'm going to clean my room.）；②根据**眼前的迹象**预测将要发生的事（看乌云——要下雨了）。\n\n```text\nam/is/are + going to + 动词原形\nI'm going to learn to cook.\nLook at the clouds! It's going to rain.\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I'm going to clean my room this weekend.** | 我打算这周末打扫房间。 |\n| **Look at those black clouds! It's going to rain.** | 看那些乌云！要下雨了。 |\n| **She's going to buy a new car.** | 她打算买一辆新车。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：漏掉 be 动词**\n\n- ❌ I going to study.\n- ✅ I am going to study.\n- 原因：be going to 里的 am/is/are 不能少。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"We ___ going to have a picnic tomorrow.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"are\",\n \"is\",\n \"be\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"主语 We 配 are：We are going to…\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"天乌云密布，你可以说：It's going to ___.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"rain\",\n \"raining\",\n \"rained\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"going to 后接动词原形：going to rain。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我打算学做饭。」= I'm going ___ learn to cook.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"to\",\n \"for\",\n \"at\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"固定结构 be going to + 动词原形。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nbe going to + 动词原形：表示打算做的事，或根据眼前迹象预测将要发生的事。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "will-and-shall-1",
|
||||
"title": "Will and shall 1（will 与 shall 初探）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "will 用于当场决定、承诺、主动帮忙；Shall I/we…? 征求意见；已安排的事不用 will。",
|
||||
"md": "# Will and shall 1（will 与 shall 初探）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 will/'ll 表示当场决定、承诺和主动帮忙。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**will**：①说话**当场决定**（电话响了——I'll answer it.）；②**承诺、主动帮忙、答应**（I'll help you. / I won't be late.）。won't 还可表示「拒绝、不肯」。注意：**已经安排好**的事不用 will（用 be doing）。征求意见、建议用 **Shall I/we…?**\n\n```text\n当场决定/承诺/帮忙 → will ('ll)，否定 won't\n征求意见 → Shall I …? / Shall we …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **The phone is ringing. I'll answer it.** | 电话响了，我去接。 |\n| **I promise I won't be late.** | 我保证不迟到。 |\n| **Shall I open the window?** | 要我把窗户打开吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：已安排的事用 will**\n\n- ❌ I'll go to the cinema tonight.（早已约好）\n- ✅ I'm going to the cinema tonight.\n- 原因：事先安排好的事用现在进行时，不用 will。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“It's cold in here.” “OK, I ___ close the window.”（当场决定）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"will\",\n \"do\",\n \"did\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"说话时刚做的决定用 will：I'll close the window。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"想征求对方意见「我开窗好吗？」：___ I open the window?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Shall\",\n \"Did\",\n \"Am\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"Shall I…? 用来征求意见、主动提议。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"I promise I won't be late.\",\n \"I promise I don't be late.\",\n \"I promise I'm not be late.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"承诺用 will：I won't (= will not) be late。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill 用于当场决定、承诺、主动帮忙；Shall I/we…? 征求意见；已安排的事不用 will。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "i-will-and-im-going-to",
|
||||
"title": "I will and I'm going to（will 与 going to 对比）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "当场决定用 will，事先打算用 going to；预测时眼前有迹象用 going to，凭判断用 will。",
|
||||
"md": "# I will and I'm going to（will 与 going to 对比）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清 will（刚决定）和 be going to（早打算）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n宣布**当场做出的决定**用 **will**；说**事先已决定**的计划用 **be going to**。预测未来：眼前有**迹象**用 going to（乌云→要下雨）；凭经验**判断**多用 will。\n\n```text\n当场决定 → will\n事先打算 → be going to\n有迹象的预测 → be going to\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **'We need milk.' 'Really? I'll go and buy some.'** | 「没牛奶了。」「真的？那我去买。」（刚决定，用 will） |\n| **I'm going to visit my grandma this weekend. I've decided.** | 这周末我去看奶奶，我已经决定了。（用 going to） |\n| **Look out! You're going to fall!** | 小心！你要摔倒了！（有迹象） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：刚听到消息就用 going to**\n\n- ❌ 'Anna is in hospital.' 'Really? I'm going to visit her.'（刚听说，当场决定）\n- ✅ 'Really? I'll visit her.'\n- 原因：当场做出的决定用 will；早就计划好的才用 going to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"'The doorbell is ringing.' 'OK, I ___ get it.'\",\n \"options\": [\n \"will\",\n \"am going to\",\n \"going to\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"听到门铃当场决定去开门，用 will。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"We ___ going to have a party on Saturday. We've planned it.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"are\",\n \"is\",\n \"will\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"早就计划好的事用 be going to；We 配 are。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Look at those black clouds! It ___ rain.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"is going to\",\n \"shall\",\n \"is\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"眼前有乌云作迹象，预测用 is going to。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n当场决定用 will，事先打算用 going to；预测时眼前有迹象用 going to，凭判断用 will。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "will-be-doing-and-will-have-done",
|
||||
"title": "Will be doing and will have done（将来进行时与将来完成时）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "will be doing：将来某时正在做；will have done：到将来某时将已完成，常配 by / by the time。",
|
||||
"md": "# Will be doing and will have done（将来进行时与将来完成时）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会将来进行时和将来完成时。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**will be doing**（将来进行时）：将来某时刻**正在做**某事（明天这个时候，我正在沙滩上躺着呢）。**will have done**（将来完成时）：**到将来某时之前已经完成**，常配 by tomorrow / by the time…。\n\n```text\nwill be doing → 将来某时正在进行\nwill have done → 到将来某时已完成（by + 时间）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **This time tomorrow, I'll be lying on the beach.** | 明天这个时候，我正躺在沙滩上呢。 |\n| **Don't phone at seven. We'll be eating.** | 七点别打电话，我们那时正在吃饭。 |\n| **The film will have started by the time we get there.** | 等我们到那儿，电影已经开映了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：将来完成时没有截止时间**\n\n- ❌ I will have finished my homework.（没有时间参照，突兀）\n- ✅ I will have finished my homework by nine.\n- 原因：将来完成时要有一个将来的截止时间（by…）作参照。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"At ten tomorrow morning, she ___ in her office.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"will be working\",\n \"works\",\n \"worked\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"将来某时刻正在进行，用将来进行时 will be working。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"By next year, they ___ here for ten years.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"will have lived\",\n \"live\",\n \"are living\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「到明年就满十年」是将来到某时完成，用 will have lived。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"将来完成时的结构是：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"will have + 过去分词\",\n \"will be + 动词-ing\",\n \"will + 动词原形\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"will have done：到将来某时将已完成。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwill be doing：将来某时正在做；will have done：到将来某时将已完成，常配 by / by the time。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "when-i-do-and-when-ive-done-if-and-when",
|
||||
"title": "When I do and when I've done（when/if 从句用现在时）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "表示将来时，when/if 等从句里用现在时不用 will；when 用于肯定会发生的事，if 用于可能发生的事。",
|
||||
"md": "# When I do and when I've done（when/if 从句用现在时）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n记住：when/if 引导的将来从句里不用 will。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n在 **when / before / after / until / as soon as / if** 引导的从句中表示将来，要用**一般现在时**（或现在完成时），不用 will。**if** 用于可能发生也可能不发生的事；**when** 用于肯定会发生的事。强调「做完之后」可用现在完成时（when I've finished）。\n\n```text\n主句 will … + when/if + 主语 + 现在时\nI'll call you when I arrive.（不是 when I will arrive）\nif = 也许 when = 肯定\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I'll call you when I arrive.** | 我到了就给你打电话。 |\n| **We'll go out when it stops raining.** | 雨停了我们出门。 |\n| **If it rains, I'll stay at home.** | 如果下雨，我就待在家里。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：when 从句里用 will**\n\n- ❌ I'll call you when I will arrive.\n- ✅ I'll call you when I arrive.\n- 原因：when/if 从句里表将来用现在时，will 只留在主句。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I'll tell him the news when he ___ back.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"comes\",\n \"will come\",\n \"came\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"when 从句里用现在时 comes，不用 will come。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I'm going out later — I'll buy bread when I ___.（肯定会出去）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"go out\",\n \"will go out\",\n \"went out\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"肯定会发生的事用 when + 现在时 go out。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Wait here until I come back.\",\n \"Wait here until I will come back.\",\n \"Wait here until I came back.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"until 从句里表将来用现在时：until I come back。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n表示将来时，when/if 等从句里用现在时不用 will；when 用于肯定会发生的事，if 用于可能发生的事。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "can-could-and-be-able-to",
|
||||
"title": "Can, could and (be) able to（能力：can、could、be able to）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "can 表能力，could 是过去式或更委婉；其他时态用 be able to；具体一次「成功做到」用 was able to。",
|
||||
"md": "# Can, could and (be) able to（能力：can、could、be able to）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 can / could / be able to 表达能力和可能性。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**can** 表示能力、允许、可能；**could** 是 can 的过去式（常与 see、hear、understand 等连用），也可表示更委婉、不太确定的可能。can 只有 can/could 两种形式，其他时态用 **be able to**。过去**具体某次成功做到**用 **was/were able to / managed to**，不用 could。\n\n```text\n能力/允许：can do\n过去能力：could do / was able to do\n其他时态：will be able to / have been able to\n具体一次成功：was able to / managed to\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I can swim.** | 我会游泳。 |\n| **My grandfather could speak five languages.** | 我爷爷会说五门语言。 |\n| **The fire spread fast, but everyone was able to escape.** | 火势蔓延很快，但大家都成功逃生了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：具体一次成功用 could**\n\n- ❌ Everybody could escape from the fire.（那次具体成功）\n- ✅ Everybody was able to escape from the fire.\n- 原因：具体某次「成功做到」用 was able to / managed to；could 表一般能力。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She ___ play the piano very well.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"can\",\n \"must\",\n \"need\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"表示能力用 can。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「具体某一次成功做到了」该用：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"was able to\",\n \"can\",\n \"may\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"具体一次成功用 was/were able to 或 managed to。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I haven't ___ sleep well recently.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"been able to\",\n \"can\",\n \"could\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"现在完成时里 can 没法变形，要用 been able to。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\ncan 表能力，could 是过去式或更委婉；其他时态用 be able to；具体一次「成功做到」用 was able to。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "could-do-and-could-have-done",
|
||||
"title": "Could (do) and could have (done)（could 与 could have done）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 3,
|
||||
"summary": "could 提建议或表可能（比 can 不确定）；could have done 表示「过去本可以却没做」；couldn't have done 表示「不可能做过」。",
|
||||
"md": "# Could (do) and could have (done)（could 与 could have done）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清 could do（现在/将来的可能）和 could have done（过去本可能）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**could**：①can 的过去式；②给**建议**或表示现在/将来的**可能**，比 can 更不确定（We could go to the cinema.）。**could have done**：过去**本来可能发生却没发生**（You could have stayed with me.）。**couldn't have done**：不可能做过。\n\n```text\n建议/可能 → could do\n过去本可能（没发生）→ could have done\n不可能做过 → couldn't have done\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **We could go to the cinema tonight.** | 今晚我们可以去看电影。（建议） |\n| **You could have stayed with me!** | 你本可以住在我这儿的！（却没住） |\n| **He was lucky. He could have hurt himself.** | 他运气好，本来可能会受伤的。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：现在的具体可能用 can**\n\n- ❌ It can be true.（对眼前这件事的推测）\n- ✅ It could be true.\n- 原因：对某件具体事情说「可能是真的」，用 could 表可能。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"You ___ have told me! Why didn't you?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"could\",\n \"can\",\n \"will\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「你本可以告诉我（却没说）」是对过去的假设，用 could have done。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「今晚干点什么呢？」提个建议：We ___ go to the park.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"could\",\n \"must\",\n \"can't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"could 用来提建议，语气比 can 委婉、不确定。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"couldn't have done 表示：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"过去不可能做过\",\n \"现在不能做\",\n \"将来不会做\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"couldn't have done 表示「（当时）不可能做过」。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\ncould 提建议或表可能（比 can 不确定）；could have done 表示「过去本可以却没做」；couldn't have done 表示「不可能做过」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "must-and-cant",
|
||||
"title": "Must and can't（有把握的推测 must 与 can't）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "肯定推测「一定是」用 must，否定推测「不可能」用 can't（不是 mustn't）；对过去的推测用 must have done / can't have done。",
|
||||
"md": "# Must and can't（有把握的推测 must 与 can't）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 must 和 can't 做有把握的推测。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n很有把握地推测：**must** 表示「一定是」（You must be tired.）；**can't** 表示「不可能」（You can't be hungry already.）。对**过去**的推测用 **must have done / can't have done**。\n\n```text\n肯定推测 → must (be / be doing / have done)\n否定推测 → can't（不用 mustn't）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **She works 12 hours a day. She must be tired.** | 她一天工作 12 小时，一定很累。 |\n| **You've just had lunch. You can't be hungry.** | 你刚吃过午饭，不可能饿。 |\n| **Nobody's at home. They must have gone out.** | 家里没人，他们肯定出门了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：否定推测用 mustn't**\n\n- ❌ You mustn't be hungry.\n- ✅ You can't be hungry.\n- 原因：「不可能」的推测用 can't；mustn't 的意思是「禁止、不许」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"He has been working all day. He ___ be tired.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"must\",\n \"can't\",\n \"mustn't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"累了一天，有把握地推测「一定累了」，用 must。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"She ___ be at home — all the lights are off.（推测不可能）\",\n \"options\": [\n \"can't\",\n \"must\",\n \"should\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"灯全关着，推测「不可能在家」用 can't。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「他肯定已经离开了。」= He ___ have left.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"must\",\n \"can\",\n \"will\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"对过去有把握的肯定推测用 must have done。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n肯定推测「一定是」用 must，否定推测「不可能」用 can't（不是 mustn't）；对过去的推测用 must have done / can't have done。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "may-and-might-1",
|
||||
"title": "May and might 1（可能 may 与 might）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "may/might 表示「也许」，might 更不确定；对过去的推测用 may/might have done；maybe 是副词。",
|
||||
"md": "# May and might 1（可能 may 与 might）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 may 和 might 说「也许、可能」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**may / might** 表示「也许、可能」，might 比 may 更不确定。否定：may not / might not。对**过去**的推测用 **may/might have done**。注意：**maybe**（一个词）是副词，意思是「也许」。\n\n```text\nmay/might + 动词原形：He may be in his office.\n过去：may/might have done\nmaybe = perhaps（副词）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **Where's Ben? He may be in his office.** | 本在哪儿？可能在办公室。 |\n| **Ask Kate. She might know.** | 问问凯特，她可能知道。 |\n| **She may have been asleep.** | 她（那时）可能在睡觉。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：may be 和 maybe 混用**\n\n- ❌ It maybe true.\n- ✅ It may be true. / Maybe it's true.\n- 原因：may be 是「情态动词 may + 动词 be」两个词；maybe 是副词，放句首修饰整句。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"Take an umbrella. It ___ rain later.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"might\",\n \"must\",\n \"can't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「之后也许会下雨」是不太确定的可能，用 might。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「也许是真的。」= It ___ be true.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"may\",\n \"will\",\n \"must\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"may 表示「也许」：It may be true。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"哪一句是正确的？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"It may be true.\",\n \"It maybe true.\",\n \"It may is true.\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"may 后接动词原形 be：It may be true。maybe 是副词，不能直接放在主语后当动词用。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nmay/might 表示「也许」，might 更不确定；对过去的推测用 may/might have done；maybe 是副词。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "have-to-and-must",
|
||||
"title": "Have to and must（不得不与必须）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "客观「不得不」用 have to，主观看法或书面规定用 must；过去用 had to；mustn't = 禁止，don't have to = 不必。",
|
||||
"md": "# Have to and must（不得不与必须）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清 have to（不得不）和 must（必须）。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**have to** 表示客观上的「不得不、必须」（规则、事实决定）；**must** 常表示说话人自己的看法、建议，也用于书面规定。**过去**只能用 **had to**（must 没有过去式）。have to 的疑问否定靠 do/does/did。注意区别：**mustn't**（禁止做）≠ **don't have to**（不必做）。\n\n```text\n客观必要 → have to / has to / had to\n主观看法、书面规定 → must\nmustn't = 不许 don't have to = 不必\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I have to wear glasses for reading.** | 我看书必须戴眼镜。 |\n| **You must meet him. He's great.** | 你一定要见见他，他很棒。（我的建议） |\n| **I had to leave early yesterday.** | 昨天我不得不早走。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：must 用在过去**\n\n- ❌ I must go home early yesterday.\n- ✅ I had to go home early yesterday.\n- 原因：must 没有过去式，说过去的「不得不」用 had to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"书面规定「学生必须穿校服」：Students ___ wear uniforms.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"must\",\n \"can\",\n \"may\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"书面规则、规定常用 must。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“I have to get up early.” 的过去式是：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had to get up\",\n \"must get up\",\n \"have to got up\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"must 没有过去式，过去的「不得不」用 had to。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「你不必和我一起来。」= You ___ come with me.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"don't have to\",\n \"mustn't\",\n \"can't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"don't have to 表示「不必」；mustn't 是「禁止」。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n客观「不得不」用 have to，主观看法或书面规定用 must；过去用 had to；mustn't = 禁止，don't have to = 不必。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "must-mustnt-neednt",
|
||||
"title": "Must, mustn't, needn't（必须、禁止、不必）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "must = 必须做，mustn't = 禁止做，needn't = 不必做；needn't have done 表示「做了却没必要」。",
|
||||
"md": "# Must, mustn't, needn't（必须、禁止、不必）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n分清 must、mustn't、needn't 三兄弟。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**must do** = 必须做；**mustn't do** = 禁止做、不许做；**needn't do / don't need to do** = 不必做（想做也可以）。**needn't have done** = 当时做了，其实没必要（白做了）。\n\n```text\n必须 → must do\n禁止 → mustn't do\n不必 → needn't do（needn't 后不带 to）\n白做了 → needn't have done\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **You must keep it a secret.** | 这事你得保密。 |\n| **You mustn't tell anyone.** | 你不能告诉任何人。 |\n| **We needn't hurry. We have plenty of time.** | 我们不必急，时间多着呢。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：needn't 和 mustn't 混用**\n\n- ❌ You needn't tell Steve.（想表达「别告诉他」）\n- ✅ You mustn't tell Steve.\n- 原因：needn't 是「不必」（告诉也行），mustn't 才是「禁止、不许」。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"图书馆里要保持安静。You ___ make any noise.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"mustn't\",\n \"needn't\",\n \"don't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"「禁止发出噪音」用 mustn't。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"We have plenty of time. We ___ hurry.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"needn't\",\n \"mustn't\",\n \"must\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"时间充足，「不必着急」用 needn't。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“You needn't have cooked so much food.” 的意思是：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"你做了这么多菜，其实没必要\",\n \"禁止你做这么多菜\",\n \"你必须多做些菜\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"needn't have done 表示「做了，但没必要」，常有点可惜的意味。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nmust = 必须做，mustn't = 禁止做，needn't = 不必做；needn't have done 表示「做了却没必要」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "should-1",
|
||||
"title": "Should 1（建议 should）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "should do 提建议「应该」，后接动词原形；should have done 表示「本该做却没做」。",
|
||||
"md": "# Should 1（建议 should）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 should 提建议：「应该 / 不应该」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**should do** = 应该做（这样做是好的），语气比 must 温和；**shouldn't do** = 不应该做。常和 I think 连用。**should have done** = 本该做却没做（遗憾、责怪）。\n\n```text\n建议：should + 动词原形（不加 to）\n否定：shouldn't do\n遗憾：should have done（本该做没做）\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **You look tired. You should go to bed.** | 你看起来很累，应该去睡了。 |\n| **You shouldn't eat too much candy.** | 你不该吃太多糖。 |\n| **You should have come to the party.** | 你本该来参加聚会的。（可惜没来） |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：should 后加 to**\n\n- ❌ You should to go now.\n- ✅ You should go now.\n- 原因：should 是情态动词，后接动词原形，不加 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"You should ___ more water every day.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"drink\",\n \"to drink\",\n \"drinking\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"should 后接动词原形：should drink。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我感冒了。」朋友给建议：You ___ see a doctor.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"should\",\n \"mustn't\",\n \"needn't\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"提建议「应该看医生」用 should。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"should have done 表示：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"本该做却没做\",\n \"必须现在做\",\n \"禁止做\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"You should have come. = 你本该来的（没来）。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nshould do 提建议「应该」，后接动词原形；should have done 表示「本该做却没做」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "id-better-its-time",
|
||||
"title": "I'd better… It's time…（最好……；该……了）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "had better do 表示「最好做，否则有麻烦」，不带 to；It's time + 过去式表示「早该……了」。",
|
||||
"md": "# I'd better… It's time…（最好……；该……了）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 had better 和 It's time… 表达「最好……」「该……了」。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**had better do**（'d better）= 最好做，否则会有麻烦，比 should 语气重，用于**具体某次**情况，后接动词原形（不带 to）。**It's time (for sb) to do** = 该做某事了；**It's time + 主语 + 过去式** = 「早该……了」，常带抱怨语气（形式是过去式，意思是现在）。\n\n```text\n最好 → had better do（'d = had）\n该……了 → It's time to do\n早该……了 → It's time + 主语 + 过去式\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **I'd better go now, or I'll be late.** | 我最好现在走，不然会迟到。 |\n| **It's time to go home.** | 该回家了。 |\n| **It's time you went to bed.** | 你早该去睡觉了。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：had better 后加 to**\n\n- ❌ I'd better to go.\n- ✅ I'd better go.\n- 原因：had better 后接动词原形，不带 to。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"It might rain. You'd better ___ an umbrella.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"take\",\n \"to take\",\n \"taking\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"had better 后接动词原形：'d better take。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「你早该写作业了。」= It's time you ___ your homework.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"did\",\n \"do\",\n \"will do\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"It's time + 主语 + 过去式，表示「早该做了」，带抱怨语气。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I'd better 中的 'd 是哪个词的缩写？\",\n \"options\": [\n \"had\",\n \"would\",\n \"will\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"'d better = had better，虽然 had 是过去形式，但说的是现在或将来的事。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nhad better do 表示「最好做，否则有麻烦」，不带 to；It's time + 过去式表示「早该……了」。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "would",
|
||||
"title": "Would（想象的世界 would）",
|
||||
"cefr": "B1",
|
||||
"difficulty": 2,
|
||||
"summary": "would 描述想象的、非真实的情况；would have done 想象过去；也可表示过去的习惯或「拒绝」（wouldn't）。",
|
||||
"md": "# Would（想象的世界 would）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 would 谈论「想象中会……」的情况。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n**would ('d) / wouldn't** 描述**想象的、非真实**的情况（I'd love to live by the sea.）。**would have done** 想象过去没发生的事（You would have liked the film.）。would 常和 if 连用；有时表示**过去的习惯**（类似 used to）；wouldn't 还可表示「（怎么也不）肯、拒绝」。\n\n```text\n想象现在 → would do\n想象过去 → would have done\n过去习惯 → would do（类似 used to）\n拒绝 → wouldn't do\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **It would be nice to have a dog.** | 有只狗就好了。 |\n| **I would have called you, but I didn't have your number.** | 我本想给你打电话的，可是没有你的号码。 |\n| **When we were kids, we would play by the river.** | 小时候我们常在河边玩。 |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：will 和 would 不分**\n\n- ❌ I'll stay longer, but I have to go.（前后矛盾）\n- ✅ I'd stay longer, but I have to go.\n- 原因：真的能留用 will；想留却不能留，是想象，用 would。\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"I ___ love to visit Paris one day.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"would\",\n \"do\",\n \"did\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"would love to 表示想象、愿望「很想去」。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"「我本想帮你的（没能帮上）。」= I ___ have helped you.\",\n \"options\": [\n \"would\",\n \"will\",\n \"do\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"对过去没发生的事的想象用 would have done。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"“The car wouldn't start.” 里的 wouldn't 表示：\",\n \"options\": [\n \"怎么也不肯、拒绝启动\",\n \"必须启动\",\n \"已经启动\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"wouldn't 可以表示「拒绝、不肯」，这里说车「就是打不着火」。\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\nwould 描述想象的、非真实的情况；would have done 想象过去；也可表示过去的习惯或「拒绝」（wouldn't）。\n"
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
"id": "can-could-would-you-etc-requests-offers-permission-and-invitations",
|
||||
"title": "Can/could/would you…?（请求、提议、允许与邀请）",
|
||||
"cefr": "A2",
|
||||
"difficulty": 1,
|
||||
"summary": "请人帮忙用 Could you…?，请求允许用 Could/May I…?，提议邀请用 Would you like…?",
|
||||
"md": "# Can/could/would you…?（请求、提议、允许与邀请）\n\n## ① 目标·导入\n\n学会用 can/could/would 礼貌地请求、提议、征求允许和发出邀请。\n\n## ② 规则讲解\n\n请人帮忙：**Can/Could you…?**（could 更客气）。要东西：**Can/Could I have…?**。请求允许：**Can/Could/May I…?**（may 最正式）。提议、邀请：**Would you like…?**（不说 Do you like）。询问是否介意：**Do you mind if I…?**\n\n```text\n请人帮忙 → Could you …, please?\n请求允许 → Could/May I …?\n提议邀请 → Would you like …?\n```\n\n## ③ 例句库\n\n| 英文 | 中文 |\n| --- | --- |\n| **Could you open the door, please?** | 能帮我开下门吗？ |\n| **Can I have some water, please?** | 请给我点水好吗？ |\n| **Would you like some coffee?** | 你想来点咖啡吗？ |\n\n## ④ 易错·对比\n\n**常见错误：当场提议用 Do you like**\n\n- ❌ Do you like some coffee?（现在请对方喝）\n- ✅ Would you like some coffee?\n- 原因：Do you like…? 是问平时的喜好；当场提议、邀请要用 Would you like…?\n\n## ⑤ 即时练习\n\n做一做下面 3 道题，马上看对错。\n\n```quiz\n{\n \"questions\": [\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"礼貌地请别人帮忙：___ you help me, please?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Could\",\n \"Must\",\n \"Should\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"请求帮助用 Can/Could you…?，could 更客气。\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"请对方喝咖啡（提议）：___ you like some coffee?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Would\",\n \"Do\",\n \"Are\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"提议、邀请用 Would you like…?\"\n },\n {\n \"type\": \"choice\",\n \"stem\": \"请求允许用一下别人的笔：___ I use your pen?\",\n \"options\": [\n \"Could\",\n \"Must\",\n \"Will\"\n ],\n \"answer\": 0,\n \"explain\": \"请求允许用 Can/Could/May I…?\"\n }\n ]\n}\n```\n\n## ⑥ 小结·知识卡\n\n请人帮忙用 Could you…?，请求允许用 Could/May I…?，提议邀请用 Would you like…?\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ export const grammarPoints = mysqlTable(
|
||||
{
|
||||
id: bigint("id", { mode: "number" }).primaryKey().autoincrement(),
|
||||
// 参考体系知识点 id,如 there-be-1
|
||||
pointId: varchar("point_id", { length: 60 }).notNull(),
|
||||
pointId: varchar("point_id", { length: 191 }).notNull(),
|
||||
level: varchar("level", { length: 20 }).notNull(), // starter/base/pro
|
||||
levelName: varchar("level_name", { length: 50 }).notNull(), // 入门/基础/进阶
|
||||
title: varchar("title", { length: 200 }).notNull(),
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ export const grammarProgress = mysqlTable(
|
||||
childUserId: bigint("child_user_id", { mode: "number" })
|
||||
.notNull()
|
||||
.references(() => users.id, { onDelete: "cascade" }),
|
||||
pointId: varchar("point_id", { length: 60 }).notNull(),
|
||||
pointId: varchar("point_id", { length: 191 }).notNull(),
|
||||
score: int("score"), // 测验得分 0-100
|
||||
passed: boolean("passed").notNull().default(false),
|
||||
completedAt: datetime("completed_at").notNull().default(sql`CURRENT_TIMESTAMP`),
|
||||
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user